WO2014178407A1 - Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014178407A1
WO2014178407A1 PCT/JP2014/062010 JP2014062010W WO2014178407A1 WO 2014178407 A1 WO2014178407 A1 WO 2014178407A1 JP 2014062010 W JP2014062010 W JP 2014062010W WO 2014178407 A1 WO2014178407 A1 WO 2014178407A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
group
carbon atoms
aligning agent
crystal alignment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/062010
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
保坂 和義
徳俊 三木
橋本 淳
暁子 若林
Original Assignee
日産化学工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学工業株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学工業株式会社
Priority to JP2015514869A priority Critical patent/JP6281568B2/en
Priority to CN201480037934.0A priority patent/CN105359033B/en
Priority to KR1020157033665A priority patent/KR102135493B1/en
Publication of WO2014178407A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014178407A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1339Gaskets; Spacers; Sealing of cells

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent used in the production of a liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, and a liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • a film made of an organic material such as a polymer material has been widely used as an interlayer insulating film or a protective film in the electronic device field because of its ease of formation and insulation performance.
  • an organic film made of polyimide is used as a liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film is used for the purpose of controlling the alignment state of the liquid crystal. Recently, along with the higher definition of liquid crystal display elements, there has been a demand for suppression of display defects due to a decrease in contrast of liquid crystal display elements and long-term use.
  • liquid crystal alignment film In response to these problems, when polyimide is used as the liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent to which an alkoxysilane compound is added as a technique for improving liquid crystal alignment and making display defects less likely to occur at the periphery of the liquid crystal display screen.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film formed by using see, for example, Patent Document 1 or 2.
  • liquid crystal display elements have been used for mobile applications such as smartphones and mobile phones.
  • the width of the sealing agent used for bonding the substrates of the liquid crystal display elements narrower than in the past.
  • the drawing position of the sealing agent be a position in contact with the end portion of the liquid crystal alignment film having low adhesiveness with the sealing agent or an upper portion of the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • use under high-temperature and high-humidity conditions makes it easy for water to enter the liquid crystal display element from between the sealant and the liquid crystal alignment film, resulting in display unevenness near the frame of the liquid crystal display element. End up.
  • an object of the present invention is to combine the above characteristics, improve the adhesion between the sealing agent and the liquid crystal alignment film, suppress the occurrence of display unevenness near the frame of the liquid crystal display element under high temperature and high humidity conditions, and maintain the voltage holding ratio. It is providing the liquid crystal aligning agent which can provide the liquid crystal aligning film which can suppress the fall of this, and the liquid crystal display element which has the said liquid crystal aligning film.
  • liquid crystal aligning agent containing a compound having a specific structure and at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polyimide.
  • the present invention was found to be extremely effective in order to accomplish the present invention.
  • a liquid crystal aligning agent comprising the following component (A) and component (B).
  • component (A) Component A compound represented by the following formula [1].
  • X 1 represents a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a divalent organic group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring
  • X 2 represents A structure selected from the following formulas [1-1] to [1-5] is shown.
  • W 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring.
  • X 1 in the formula [1] is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • X 2 in the formula [1] is a structure selected from the formula [1-1], the formula [1-2] and the formula [1-4], according to the above (1) or (2) Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent.
  • the diamine component in the polymer of the component (B) includes at least one diamine compound having a structure represented by the following formula [2], according to any one of the above (1) to (3) Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent.
  • Y represents a substituent having a structure selected from the following formulas [2-1] to [2-6], and m represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • A represents an integer of 0 to 4, and b represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • Y 1 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or OCO—, and Y 2 represents a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 15), Y 3 is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—, wherein Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, or a divalent divalent group having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton.
  • An organic group, and an arbitrary hydrogen atom on the cyclic group includes an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and 1 to 3 carbon atoms may be substituted with a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group or a fluorine atom
  • Y 5 is a benzene ring, a cycloalkyl
  • a divalent cyclic group selected from a xanth ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • 3 is a fluorine-containing alkyl group, may be substituted with a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom
  • n is
  • a liquid crystal composition having a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes and including a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat is disposed between the pair of substrates,
  • a liquid crystal alignment layer having a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes and including a polymerizable group that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat is disposed between the pair of substrates,
  • the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent containing a compound having a specific structure and at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polyimide has an adhesive property between the sealant and the liquid crystal alignment film. Even under high temperature and high humidity conditions, it is possible to form a liquid crystal alignment film that can suppress the occurrence of display unevenness in the vicinity of the frame of the liquid crystal display element and suppress the decrease in voltage holding ratio. That is, a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention has excellent reliability and can be suitably used for a large-screen, high-definition liquid crystal television.
  • the present invention is a liquid crystal aligning agent containing the following components (A) and (B), a liquid crystal aligning film obtained using the liquid crystal aligning agent, and a liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal aligning film.
  • Component (A) a compound represented by the following formula [1] (also referred to as a specific compound).
  • X 1 represents a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a divalent organic group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring
  • X 2 represents A structure selected from the following formulas [1-1] to [1-5] is shown.
  • W 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring).
  • the O ⁇ C ⁇ N— group (also referred to as an isocyanate group) in the specific compound is a heating step for preparing the liquid crystal aligning agent or a baking step for preparing the liquid crystal aligning film. Therefore, it is considered that it is chemically bonded to the carboxyl group in the specific polymer. Therefore, in spite of the simple means of mixing in an organic solvent, the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention efficiently binds the specific compound and the specific polymer in the liquid crystal alignment film obtained therefrom. I think.
  • the double bond site of the formula [1-1] to the formula [1-5] which is X 2 in the specific compound reacts when irradiated with heat or ultraviolet rays. Further, these double binding sites are sites that are also included in the compound contained in the sealant.
  • the double bond site in the liquid crystal alignment film and the sealant are obtained by the curing process of the sealant when producing the liquid crystal display element, that is, the ultraviolet irradiation process or the baking process.
  • a chemical reaction with the compound therein causes a chemical bond between the sealing agent and the liquid crystal alignment film, thereby enhancing their adhesion.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent containing the specific compound and specific polymer of the present invention has high adhesion to the sealant, and display irregularities near the frame of the liquid crystal display element even under high temperature and high humidity conditions. It is possible to form a liquid crystal alignment film that can suppress generation and suppress a decrease in voltage holding ratio.
  • the specific compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula [1].
  • X 1 and X 2 have the same meaning as defined above, and X 2 represents a structure selected from the following formulas [1-1] to [1-5].
  • W 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring.
  • X 1 represents a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a divalent organic group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring. .
  • an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • X 2 is a structure selected from the formulas [1-1] to [1-5].
  • W 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring. Of these, a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • X 2 is preferably a structure represented by the formula [1-1], the formula [1-2] or the formula [1-4] from the viewpoint of reactivity by heat or ultraviolet irradiation.
  • X 3 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring
  • X 4 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring
  • X 5 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring
  • X 6 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring.
  • the specific polymer which is the component (B) of the present invention is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained by reacting a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component and a polyimide.
  • the polyimide precursor has a structure represented by the following formula [A].
  • R 1 is a tetravalent organic group
  • R 2 is a divalent organic group
  • a 1 and A 2 represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, which may be the same or different.
  • a 3 and A 4 may represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an acetyl group, and may be the same or different, and n represents a positive integer.
  • the diamine component is a diamine compound having two primary or secondary amino groups in the molecule
  • the tetracarboxylic acid component is a tetracarboxylic acid compound, tetracarboxylic dianhydride, or tetracarboxylic acid dihalide compound.
  • Tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compounds or tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compounds are examples of the tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compounds.
  • the specific polymer can be obtained relatively easily by using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [B] and a diamine compound represented by the following formula [C] as raw materials.
  • the polyamic acid consisting of the structural formula of the repeating unit represented by the formula [D] or a polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyamic acid is preferable. (R 1 and R 2 are the same as defined in formula [A]).
  • the polymer of the formula [D] obtained above by the usual synthesis method is added to the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms of A 1 and A 2 represented by the formula [A] and the formula [A]. It is also possible to introduce an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an acetyl group of A 3 and A 4 shown.
  • ⁇ Diamine component> As the diamine component for producing the specific polymer as the component (B), a known diamine compound can be used. Among these, it is preferable to use at least one diamine compound (also referred to as a specific diamine compound) having a structure represented by the following formula [2]. (Y represents a substituent having a structure selected from the following formulas [2-1] to [2-6], and m represents an integer of 1 to 4.)
  • a represents an integer of 0 to 4. Among these, 0 or 1 is preferable from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis.
  • b represents an integer of 0 to 4. Especially, the integer of 0 or 1 is preferable from the point of the availability of a raw material or the ease of a synthesis
  • Y 1 is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. Indicates.
  • a single bond — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO. -Is preferred. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or COO—.
  • Y 2 represents a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 15). Among these, a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 10) is preferable.
  • Y 3 is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. Indicates.
  • a single bond — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO— is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
  • Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Y 4 may be a divalent organic group selected from organic groups having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton. Of these, an organic group having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring or a steroid skeleton is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
  • Y 5 represents a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 4. Among these, 0 to 3 are preferable from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis. More preferred is 0-2.
  • Y 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. Indicates. Of these, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • it is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • Y 8 represents an alkyl group having 8 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • Y 9 and Y 10 independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Y 11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the method to manufacture the specific diamine compound shown by Formula [2] is not specifically limited, What is shown below is mentioned as a preferable method.
  • the specific diamine compound represented by the formula [2] can be obtained by synthesizing a dinitro compound represented by the following formula [2-A] and further reducing the nitro group to convert it to an amino group. .
  • the method for reducing the dinitro group of the dinitro compound represented by the formula [2-A] is not particularly limited, and usually in a solvent such as ethyl acetate, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, alcohol solvent, palladium-carbon, There is a method in which platinum oxide, Raney nickel, platinum black, rhodium-alumina, platinum sulfide carbon or the like is used as a catalyst and reacted in hydrogen gas, hydrazine or hydrogen chloride.
  • Specific examples of the specific diamine compound represented by the formula [2] are shown below, but are not limited to these examples.
  • Specific diamine compounds include 2,4-dimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,4-diaminobenzoic acid, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5 -Diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2,4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, and diamines having structures represented by the following formulas [2-7] to [2-47] A compound can be mentioned.
  • a 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group.
  • R 1 represents —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2 — or —CH 2 OCO—
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, or a fluorine-containing alkyl. Group or fluorine-containing alkoxy group.
  • R 3 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 — or —CH 2 —
  • R 4 has 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkoxy group.
  • R 5 is —COO—, —OCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 — or —O—
  • R 6 is a fluorine group , Cyano group, trifluoromethane group, nitro group, azo group, formyl group, acetyl group, acetoxy group or hydroxyl group.
  • R 7 represents an alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is preferably a trans isomer.
  • R 8 represents an alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is preferably a trans isomer.
  • B 4 represents an alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom
  • B 3 represents a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group
  • B 2 represents an oxygen atom.
  • —COO— * where a bond marked with “*” is bonded to B 3
  • B 1 is an oxygen atom or —COO— * (where a bond marked with “*” is (CH 2 ) is bonded to a 2.
  • a 1 represents an integer of 0 or 1
  • a 2 represents an integer of 2 to 10
  • a 3 represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • the liquid crystal alignment obtained from the specific polymer using the diamine compound having the structure in which the substituent Y in the formula [2] is represented by the formula [2-3] When the liquid crystal alignment film is formed using the treatment agent, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be increased.
  • diamine compounds represented by the formulas [2-25] to [2-40] or the formulas [2-43] to [2-47]. More preferred are diamine compounds represented by the formulas [2-29] to [2-40] or the formulas [2-43] to [2-47].
  • the amount of the diamine compound used for increasing the pretilt angle is preferably 5 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less of the entire diamine component. More preferably, it is 5 mol% or more and 60 mol% of the whole diamine component from the viewpoint of the coating property of the liquid crystal aligning agent and the electric characteristics as the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the specific diamine compound represented by the formula [2] has a solubility or coating property in a solvent of the specific polymer, liquid crystal alignment in the case of forming a liquid crystal alignment film, voltage holding ratio, accumulated charge, and other characteristics.
  • One type or a mixture of two or more types can be used.
  • a diamine compound other than the specific diamine compound represented by the formula [2] also referred to as other diamine compound
  • Specific examples of other diamine compounds are shown below, but are not limited to these examples.
  • diamine compounds examples include those having an alkyl group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring or a heterocyclic ring in the diamine side chain, and those having a macrocyclic substituent composed of these groups. You can also. Specifically, diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA1] to [DA7] can be exemplified.
  • a 1 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 —, —O—, —CO— or —NH—
  • a 2 represents a straight chain having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA8] to [DA13] can also be used as other diamine compounds.
  • diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA14] to [DA17] can also be used.
  • a 1 is a single bond, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —CF 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —O—, —CO—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — or —N ( CH 3 ) CO—, m 1 and m 2 each represents an integer of 0 to 4, and m 1 + m 2 represents an integer of 1 to 4, and in the formula [DA15], m 3 and m 4 are each In the formula [DA16], A 2 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, m 5 represents an integer of 1 to 5, A 3 represents a single bond, CH 2 -, - C 2 H 4 -, -
  • a 1 is —O—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — and —N (CH 3 ) a divalent organic group selected from CO—
  • a 2 is a single bond, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group
  • a 3 is a single bond, —O—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) —, —N (CH 3 ) a divalent group selected from CO— and —O (CH 2 ) m — (m is
  • the above-mentioned other diamine compounds are soluble in a solvent of a specific polymer, applicability of a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment properties when used as a liquid crystal alignment film, voltage holding ratio, accumulated charge, etc.
  • a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent for a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent
  • liquid crystal alignment properties when used as a liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal alignment film
  • voltage holding ratio for a liquid crystal alignment film
  • accumulated charge etc.
  • One type or a mixture of two or more types can also be used.
  • tetracarboxylic acid component As the tetracarboxylic acid component for producing the specific polymer which is the component (B) of the present invention, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [3] or a tetracarboxylic acid which is a tetracarboxylic acid derivative thereof It is preferable to use a tetracarboxylic acid dihalide compound, a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compound or a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compound (all are collectively referred to as a specific tetracarboxylic acid component).
  • Z 1 is a group having a structure selected from the following formulas [3a] to [3j].
  • Z 2 to Z 5 represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom or a benzene ring, and may be the same or different.
  • Z 6 and Z 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and may be the same or different.
  • Z 1 is represented by formula [3a]
  • a structure represented by [3c], formula [3d], formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g] is preferable. More preferred is a structure represented by formula [3a], formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g], and particularly preferred is formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g].
  • the specific tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 1 mol% or more of the total tetracarboxylic acid component. More preferred is 5 mol% or more, and particularly preferred is 10 mol% or more. Among these, 15 to 100 mol% is more preferable.
  • the usage-amount shall be 20 mol% or more of the whole tetracarboxylic acid component. More preferably, it is 30 mol% or more.
  • all of the tetracarboxylic acid component may be a tetracarboxylic acid component having a structure of the formula [3e], the formula [3f], or the formula [3g].
  • other tetracarboxylic acid components other than the specific tetracarboxylic acid component can be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • tetracarboxylic acid components include the following tetracarboxylic acid compounds, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, tetracarboxylic acid dihalide compounds, tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compounds, and tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compounds.
  • tetracarboxylic acid components include pyromellitic acid, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthalene.
  • Tetracarboxylic acid 2,3,6,7-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,3 ', 4-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone, bis ( 3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- , 2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) dimethylsilane, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) diphenylsilane, 2,3,4,5-pyridine Te
  • the specific tetracarboxylic acid component and other tetracarboxylic acid components are the solubility of the specific polymer of the present invention in the solvent, the coating property of the liquid crystal aligning agent, the liquid crystal alignment property, and the voltage holding ratio when used as a liquid crystal alignment film. Depending on the characteristics such as accumulated charge, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds may be used.
  • the method for synthesizing the specific polymer is not particularly limited. Usually, it is obtained by reacting a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component. Generally, at least one tetracarboxylic acid component selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic acids and derivatives thereof is reacted with a diamine component consisting of one or more diamine compounds to obtain a polyamic acid. Specifically, there are the following methods. (1) A method of obtaining polyamic acid by polycondensation of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a primary or secondary diamine compound.
  • a method in which a polycarboxylic acid is obtained by subjecting a tetracarboxylic acid and a primary or secondary diamine compound to a dehydration polycondensation reaction (2) A method for obtaining polyamic acid by polycondensation of a tetracarboxylic acid dihalide and a primary or secondary diamine compound.
  • a method of polycondensing a tetracarboxylic acid obtained by dialkyl esterifying a carboxylic acid group with a primary or secondary diamine compound, a tetracarboxylic acid dihalide obtained by dialkyl esterifying a carboxylic acid group and 1 A method of polycondensation with a secondary or secondary diamine compound or a method of converting a carboxyl group of a polyamic acid into an ester is used.
  • polyimide a method is used in which the polyamic acid or polyamic acid alkyl ester is cyclized to form polyimide.
  • the reaction between the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component is usually performed in an organic solvent containing the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component.
  • the organic solvent used at that time is not particularly limited as long as the produced polyimide precursor is dissolved. Although the specific example of the organic solvent used for reaction below is given, it is not limited to these examples. Examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone or ⁇ -butyrolactone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide or 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone. It is done.
  • D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • D 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • any method may be used.
  • the polymerization temperature can be selected from -20 to 150 ° C., but is preferably in the range of ⁇ 5 to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a high molecular weight polymer, and if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes too high and uniform stirring is difficult. It becomes. Therefore, it is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and then an organic solvent can be added.
  • the ratio of the total number of moles of the diamine component to the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. Similar to a normal polycondensation reaction, the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor produced increases as the molar ratio approaches 1.0.
  • the polyimide of the present invention is a polyimide obtained by ring closure of the polyimide precursor, and in this polyimide, the ring closure rate of the amic acid group (also referred to as imidization rate) is not necessarily 100%. It can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
  • Examples of the method for imidizing the polyimide precursor include thermal imidization in which the polyimide precursor solution is heated as it is or catalyst imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyimide precursor solution.
  • the temperature is 100 to 400 ° C., preferably 120 to 250 ° C., and it is preferable to carry out while removing water generated by the imidization reaction from the system.
  • the catalyst imidation of the polyimide precursor can be performed by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to the polyimide precursor solution and stirring at -20 to 250 ° C, preferably 0 to 180 ° C.
  • the amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 mol times, preferably 2 to 20 mol times of the amic acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times, preferably 3 to 30 mol of the amido acid group. Is double.
  • the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine and the like. Among them, pyridine is preferable because it has an appropriate basicity for proceeding with the reaction.
  • Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and the like. Among them, use of acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated.
  • the imidization rate by catalytic imidation can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.
  • the reaction solution may be poured into a solvent and precipitated.
  • the solvent used for precipitation include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, benzene, and water.
  • the polymer precipitated in the solvent can be collected by filtration, and then dried by normal temperature or reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating.
  • the solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
  • the molecular weight of the specific polymer is a weight average molecular weight measured by a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method in consideration of the strength of the liquid crystal alignment film obtained therefrom, workability at the time of forming the liquid crystal alignment film, and coating properties. It is preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10,000 to 150,000.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a coating solution for forming a liquid crystal alignment film (also referred to as a resin film), and is a coating solution for forming a liquid crystal alignment film containing a specific compound, a specific polymer and a solvent. is there.
  • the content of the specific compound in the liquid crystal aligning agent is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific polymer. Of these, 0.5 to 30 parts by mass is preferable, and 1 to 20 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
  • All the polymer components in the liquid crystal aligning agent may all be the specific polymer of the present invention, or other polymers may be mixed.
  • the content of the other polymer is 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific polymer of the present invention.
  • examples of other polymers include polyimide polymers that do not use the diamine compound represented by the formula [2] and the specific tetracarboxylic acid component.
  • examples of other polymers include cellulosic polymers, acrylic polymers, methacrylic polymers, polystyrenes, polyamides, and polysiloxanes.
  • the solvent in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 70 to 99.9% by mass of the solvent in the liquid crystal aligning agent from the viewpoint of forming a uniform liquid crystal alignment film by coating.
  • the mass% is more preferable. This content can be appropriately changed depending on the film thickness of the target liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the solvent used for the liquid crystal aligning agent is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent (also referred to as a good solvent) that dissolves the specific compound and the specific polymer.
  • a solvent also referred to as a good solvent
  • the specific example of a good solvent is given to the following, it is not limited to these examples.
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, or ⁇ -butyrolactone is preferably used.
  • the good solvent in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 10 to 100% by mass of the total solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. Of these, 20 to 90% by mass is preferable. More preferred is 30 to 80% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent can use a solvent (also referred to as a poor solvent) that improves the coating properties and surface smoothness of the liquid crystal aligning film when the liquid crystal aligning agent is applied.
  • a solvent also referred to as a poor solvent
  • a poor solvent is given to the following, it is not limited to these examples.
  • ethanol isopropyl alcohol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, isopentyl alcohol, tert-pentyl alcohol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, neopentyl alcohol, 1-hexanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-pentanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol, 1-heptanol 2-heptanol, 3-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-octanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, 1-methylcyclohexanol, 2-methylcyclohexanol, 3-methylcyclohexanol, 1,2- Ethane All, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propan
  • a solvent represented by These poor solvents are preferably 1 to 70% by mass of the whole solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. Among these, 1 to 60% by mass is preferable. More preferred is 5 to 60% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent is at least selected from the group consisting of a compound having an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, an oxetane group or a cyclocarbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group and a lower alkoxyalkyl group.
  • a compound having one kind of substituent, and a compound having a polymerizable unsaturated bond (also collectively referred to as a crosslinkable compound) can be introduced. It is necessary to have two or more of these substituents and polymerizable unsaturated bonds in the crosslinkable compound.
  • crosslinkable compound having an epoxy group or an isocyanate group examples include bisphenolacetone glycidyl ether, phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, triglycidyl isocyanurate, tetraglycidylaminodiphenylene, tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, tetra Glycidyl-1,3-bis (aminoethyl) cyclohexane, tetraphenyl glycidyl ether ethane, triphenyl glycidyl ether ethane, bisphenol hexafluoroacetodiglycidyl ether, 1,3-bis (1- (2,3-epoxypropoxy)- 1-trifluoromethyl-2,2,2-trifluoromethyl) benzene, 4,4-bis (2,3-epoxypropoxy) octafluorobiphenyl Triglycidyl-p-amin
  • the crosslinkable compound having an oxetane group is a crosslinkable compound having at least two oxetane groups represented by the following formula [4].
  • crosslinkable compounds represented by the formulas [4a] to [4k] published on pages 58 to 59 of International Publication No. WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.27).
  • the crosslinkable compound having a cyclocarbonate group is a crosslinkable compound having at least two cyclocarbonate groups represented by the following formula [5].
  • Examples of the crosslinkable compound having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and an alkoxyl group include an amino resin having a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, such as a melamine resin, a urea resin, a guanamine resin, and a glycoluril.
  • a melamine resin, a urea resin, a guanamine resin, and a glycoluril such as a melamine resin, a urea resin, a guanamine resin, and a glycoluril.
  • a melamine derivative, a benzoguanamine derivative, or glycoluril in which a hydrogen atom of an amino group is substituted with a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, or both can be used.
  • the melamine derivative or benzoguanamine derivative can exist as a dimer or a trimer. These preferably have an average of 3 to 6 methylol groups or alkoxymethyl groups
  • Examples of such melamine derivatives or benzoguanamine derivatives include MX-750, which has an average of 3.7 substituted methoxymethyl groups per triazine ring, and an average of 5. methoxymethyl groups per triazine ring.
  • benzene having a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, or phenolic compounds examples include 1,3,5-tris (methoxymethyl) benzene, 1,2,4-tris (isopropoxymethyl) benzene, and 1,4-bis. (Sec-butoxymethyl) benzene, 2,6-dihydroxymethyl-p-tert-butylphenol and the like.
  • crosslinkable compound having a polymerizable unsaturated bond examples include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, and tri (meth) acryloyloxyethoxytrimethylol.
  • Crosslinkable compounds having three polymerizable unsaturated groups in the molecule such as propane and glycerin polyglycidyl ether poly (meth) acrylate; ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di (meth) ) Acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, butylene glycol di (me ) Acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide bisphenol A type di (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide bisphenol type di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, glycerin di (meth) ) Acrylate, pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol digly
  • E 1 represents a group selected from the group consisting of a cyclohexane ring, a bicyclohexane ring, a benzene ring, a biphenyl ring, a terphenyl ring, a naphthalene ring, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring and a phenanthrene ring
  • E 2 represents the following formula [7a
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • crosslinkable compound used for the liquid-crystal aligning agent of this invention may be 1 type, and may be combined 2 or more types.
  • the content of the crosslinkable compound in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 0.1 to 150 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components.
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by weight, and most preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of all polymer components.
  • liquid crystal alignment treatment agent a compound that improves the uniformity of the film thickness and surface smoothness of the liquid crystal alignment film when the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is applied can be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Examples of compounds that improve the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness of the liquid crystal alignment film include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants.
  • F-top EF301, EF303, EF352 (above, manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFuck F171, F173, R-30 (above, manufactured by Dainippon Ink), Florard FC430, FC431 (or more) And Asahi Guard AG710, Surflon S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.).
  • the use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. It is.
  • the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is a compound that promotes charge transfer in the liquid crystal alignment film and promotes charge release of the device, and is disclosed in International Patent Publication WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.27), pages 69-73. It is also possible to add nitrogen-containing heterocyclic amine compounds represented by the formulas [M1] to [M156] described in This amine compound may be added directly to the liquid crystal aligning agent, but it is preferably added after a solution having a concentration of 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 1 to 7% by mass with an appropriate solvent.
  • the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent capable of dissolving the above-described specific polymer.
  • liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention can be used as a liquid crystal alignment film after being applied and baked on a substrate and then subjected to alignment treatment by rubbing treatment or light irradiation. In the case of vertical alignment, etc., it can be used as a liquid crystal alignment film without alignment treatment.
  • the substrate used in this case is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate.
  • a plastic substrate such as an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate can also be used.
  • a substrate on which an ITO electrode for driving a liquid crystal is formed it is preferable to use a substrate on which an ITO electrode for driving a liquid crystal is formed.
  • an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer can be used if only one substrate is used, and a material that reflects light such as aluminum can be used as an electrode in this case.
  • the method for applying the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is not particularly limited, but industrially, screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, inkjet method, and the like are common.
  • Other coating methods include a dipping method, a roll coater method, a slit coater method, a spinner method, and a spray method, and these may be used depending on the purpose.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent After applying the liquid crystal aligning agent on the substrate, it is preferably 30 to 300 ° C., depending on the solvent used for the liquid crystal aligning agent, by a heating means such as a hot plate, a thermal circulation oven, or an IR (infrared) oven.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained by evaporating the solvent at a temperature of 30 to 250 ° C. If the thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film after baking is too thick, it is disadvantageous in terms of power consumption of the liquid crystal display element, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element may be lowered. Is 10 to 100 nm. When the liquid crystal is horizontally aligned or tilted, the fired liquid crystal alignment film is treated by rubbing, polarized ultraviolet irradiation, or the like.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a liquid crystal display element obtained by obtaining a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention by the above-described method and then preparing a liquid crystal cell by a known method.
  • a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell prepare a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed, spray spacers on the liquid crystal alignment film on one substrate, and place the liquid crystal alignment film surface on the other side. And a method of sealing the substrate by injecting liquid crystal under reduced pressure, or a method of sealing the substrate by bonding the liquid crystal after dropping the liquid crystal on the liquid crystal alignment film surface on which spacers are dispersed.
  • the liquid-crystal aligning agent of this invention has a liquid-crystal layer between a pair of board
  • the liquid crystal composition is also preferably used for a liquid crystal display device produced by polymerizing a polymerizable compound by at least one of irradiation with active energy rays and heating while applying a voltage between electrodes.
  • ultraviolet rays are suitable as the active energy ray.
  • the wavelength of ultraviolet rays is 300 to 400 nm, preferably 310 to 360 nm. In the case of polymerization by heating, the heating temperature is 40 to 120 ° C, preferably 60 to 80 ° C. Moreover, you may perform an ultraviolet-ray and a heating simultaneously.
  • the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element controls the pretilt angle of liquid crystal molecules by a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) method.
  • a PSA method a small amount of a photopolymerizable compound, for example, a photopolymerizable monomer is mixed in a liquid crystal material, and after assembling a liquid crystal cell, a predetermined voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer and an ultraviolet ray is applied to the photopolymerizable compound.
  • the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules is controlled by the produced polymer.
  • the PSA method does not require a rubbing process and is suitable for forming a vertical alignment type liquid crystal layer in which it is difficult to control the pretilt angle by the rubbing process.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is obtained by obtaining a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film from a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent by the above-described method, then preparing a liquid crystal cell, and polymerizing a polymerizable compound by at least one of ultraviolet irradiation and heating. Thus, the orientation of the liquid crystal molecules can be controlled.
  • a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, spacers are dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface is on the inside. Then, the other substrate is bonded, the liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure and sealed, and the liquid crystal is dropped on the liquid crystal alignment film surface on which the spacers are dispersed, and then the substrate is bonded and sealed. .
  • a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by heat or ultraviolet irradiation is mixed.
  • the polymerizable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable unsaturated group such as an acrylate group or a methacrylate group in the molecule.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal component.
  • the polymerizable compound is less than 0.01 part by mass, the polymerizable compound is not polymerized and the orientation of the liquid crystal cannot be controlled, and when it exceeds 10 parts by mass, the amount of the unreacted polymerizable compound increases and the liquid crystal display element. The seizure characteristics of the steel deteriorate.
  • the polymerizable compound After producing the liquid crystal cell, the polymerizable compound is polymerized by irradiating with heat or ultraviolet rays while applying an AC or DC voltage to the liquid crystal cell. Thereby, the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules can be controlled.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes, and a polymerizable group that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat between the pair of substrates.
  • positioning the liquid crystal aligning film containing this, and applying a voltage between electrodes is used preferably.
  • ultraviolet rays are suitable as the active energy ray.
  • the wavelength of ultraviolet rays is 300 to 400 nm, preferably 310 to 360 nm. In the case of polymerization by heating, the heating temperature is 40 to 120 ° C, preferably 60 to 80 ° C. Moreover, you may perform an ultraviolet-ray and a heating simultaneously.
  • liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention contains a specific compound having a double bond site that reacts by irradiation with heat or ultraviolet rays, the alignment of liquid crystal molecules can be controlled by at least one of ultraviolet irradiation and heating. .
  • a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film produced using the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention has excellent reliability and can be suitably used for a large-screen high-definition liquid crystal television.
  • A1 3,5-Diaminobenzoic acid
  • A2 Diamine compound represented by the following formula [A2]
  • A3 1,3-diamino-4-octadecyloxybenzene
  • A4 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (trans -4-n-heptylcyclohexyl) phenoxy] benzene
  • A5 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (trans-4-n-heptylcyclohexyl) phenoxymethyl] benzene
  • A6 1,3-diamino- 4- ⁇ 4- [trans-4- (trans-4-n-pentylcyclohexyl) cyclohexyl] phenoxy ⁇ benzene
  • A7 diamine compound represented by the following formula [A7]
  • C1 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • C2 bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • C3 the following formula [C3 ]
  • C4 tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [C4]
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • NEP N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • ⁇ -BL ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • ECS ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
  • EC diethylene glycol monoethyl ether
  • BCS ethylene glycol monobutyl ether
  • PB propylene glycol monobutyl ether
  • This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash
  • the imidation ratio of this polyimide was 55%, the number average molecular weight was 16,100, and the weight average molecular weight was 48,100.
  • This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash
  • the imidation ratio of this polyimide was 61%, the number average molecular weight was 17,300, and the weight average molecular weight was 51,100.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent was filtered under pressure with a membrane filter having a pore diameter of 1 ⁇ m, and the inkjet coating property was evaluated.
  • As the ink jet coater HIS-200 (manufactured by Hitachi Plant Technology) was used. Application is on an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) vapor-deposited substrate cleaned with pure water and IPA (isopropyl alcohol), the application area is 70 ⁇ 70 mm, the nozzle pitch is 0.423 mm, and the scan pitch is 0.5 mm. The speed was 40 mm / second, the time from application to temporary drying was 60 seconds, and temporary drying was performed on a hot plate at 70 ° C. for 5 minutes.
  • the coating properties of the obtained substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film were confirmed. Specifically, the coating film was visually observed under a sodium lamp to confirm the presence or absence of pinholes. As a result, in any of the liquid crystal alignment films obtained in any of the examples, no pinhole was found on the coating film, and a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent coating properties was obtained.
  • the surface of the ITO substrate was rubbed using a rayon cloth with a rubbing apparatus having a roll diameter of 120 mm under the conditions of a roll rotation speed of 1000 rpm, a roll traveling speed of 50 mm / sec, and an indentation amount of 0.1 mm.
  • Two ITO substrates with the obtained liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, and 6 ⁇ m spacers were scattered on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates with the liquid crystal alignment film. Thereafter, an ultraviolet curable sealant was drawn around the substrate, and liquid crystal was injected by an ODF (One Drop Filling) method to obtain a liquid crystal cell.
  • ODF One Drop Filling
  • the liquid crystal cell was cut with a wavelength of 310 nm or less using a metal halide lamp with an illuminance of 60 mW, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 5 J / cm 2 in terms of 365 nm. Thereafter, heat treatment was performed at 120 ° C. for 60 minutes in a heat-circulating clean oven to obtain a liquid crystal cell (ordinary cell).
  • a liquid crystal cell using the liquid crystal aligning agents (1) to (3) obtained in Examples 1 to 3 and the liquid crystal aligning agents (21) to (22) obtained in Comparative Examples 1 to 2 was used.
  • liquid crystal aligning agents (4) to (6) obtained in Examples 4 to 6, the liquid crystal aligning agent (8) obtained in Example 8, and the liquid crystal aligning agent obtained in Example 9 ( 9) Liquid crystal aligning agents (11) to (15) obtained in Examples 11 to 15, Liquid crystal aligning agents (17) to (20) obtained in Examples 17 to 20, and Comparative Examples 3 to In the liquid crystal cell using the liquid crystal alignment agents (23) to (24) obtained in Step 4, nematic liquid crystal (MLC-6608) (manufactured by Merck Japan) was used as the liquid crystal.
  • MLC-6608 nematic liquid crystal
  • the obtained liquid crystal cell (ordinary cell) was visually observed using a polarizing plate and a backlight, and the liquid crystal orientation in the vicinity of the sealant was evaluated. As a result, any liquid crystal obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples was obtained. Both cells showed uniform liquid crystal alignment. Thereafter, the liquid crystal cell was stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank having a temperature of 80 ° C. and a humidity of 90% RH for 36 hours, and the liquid crystal orientation in the vicinity of the sealant was evaluated under the same conditions as described above. Specifically, it was determined that the evaluation in which the disorder of the liquid crystal orientation was not observed in the vicinity of the sealant was excellent in this evaluation. In Tables 5 to 7, “O” indicates that the liquid crystal orientation is not disturbed, and “X” indicates that the liquid crystal orientation is not disturbed.
  • the surface of the ITO substrate was rubbed using a rayon cloth with a rubbing apparatus having a roll diameter of 120 mm under the conditions of a roll rotation speed of 1000 rpm, a roll traveling speed of 50 mm / sec, and an indentation amount of 0.1 mm.
  • a liquid crystal cell (normal cell) was obtained by injecting liquid crystal into this empty cell by a reduced pressure injection method and sealing the injection port.
  • the liquid crystal used for manufacturing the liquid crystal cell of each Example and Comparative Example was the same as the above-mentioned “Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics in the vicinity of the frame of the liquid crystal cell after high temperature and high humidity storage (normal cell)”.
  • a voltage of 1 V was applied to the obtained liquid crystal cell at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 60 ⁇ s, the voltage after 50 ms was measured, and how much the voltage was held was calculated as a voltage holding ratio (also referred to as VHR).
  • the measurement was performed using a voltage holding ratio measuring device (VHR-1) (manufactured by Toyo Technica Co., Ltd.) with settings of Voltage: ⁇ 1 V, Pulse Width: 60 ⁇ s, and Frame Period: 50 ms. Further, the liquid crystal cell whose voltage holding ratio was measured was stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank having a temperature of 80 ° C.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent was pressure filtered through a membrane filter having a pore diameter of 1 ⁇ m to prepare a liquid crystal cell and evaluate the liquid crystal alignment (PSA cell).
  • This solution was washed with pure water and IPA at the center with a 10 ⁇ 10 mm substrate with an ITO electrode having a pattern spacing of 20 ⁇ m (length 40 mm ⁇ width 30 mm, thickness 0.7 mm) and a substrate with an ITO electrode 10 ⁇ 40 mm at the center.
  • the response speed of the liquid crystal before and after the ultraviolet irradiation of the liquid crystal cell was measured. As the response speed, T90 ⁇ T10 from 90% transmittance to 10% transmittance was measured.
  • the response speed of the liquid crystal cell after ultraviolet irradiation was faster than that of the liquid crystal cell before ultraviolet irradiation, it was confirmed that the alignment direction of the liquid crystal was controlled. Further, in any liquid crystal cell, it was confirmed by observation with a polarizing microscope (ECLIPSE E600WPOL) (manufactured by Nikon Corporation) that the liquid crystal was uniformly aligned.
  • Example 1 NMP (19.9 g) and BCS (11.8 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (1) (10.0 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. did. Then, P2 (0.25g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (1). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • NEP (18.9 g) and PB (14.4 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (2) (10.5 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 2, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. did. Then, P2 (0.18g) was added and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (2). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • NEP (17.0 g) and PB (7.30 g) were added to the polyimide powder (3) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Thereafter, P2 (0.11 g) was added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (3). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • NEP (19.8 g) and PB (15.1 g) are added to the polyamic acid solution (4) (11.0 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 4, and the mixture is stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. did. Then, P2 (0.19g) was added and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (4). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • NEP (17.6 g), EC (4.30 g) and PB (12.9 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (4) (11.0 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 4. And stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. Thereafter, P1 (0.41 g) was added and stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (5). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • NEP (15.3 g) and PB (8.20 g) were added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Thereafter, P2 (0.11 g) was added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (6). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • Example 7 NEP (23.1 g) and PB (12.4 g) were added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.10 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Thereafter, P2 (0.077 g) was added to this solution and stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (7). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution. Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (7), “evaluation of inkjet applicability of liquid crystal aligning agent” was performed.
  • Example 8 NMP (13.4 g), EC (2.40 g) and BCS (8.50 g) are added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and the mixture is stirred at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. And dissolved. Then, P3 (0.23g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (8). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • Example 9 NEP (15.5 g) and PB (8.30 g) were added to the polyimide powder (6) (1.52 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P1 (0.26g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (9). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • NEP (22.1 g) and PB (11.9 g) were added to the polyimide powder (6) (1.05 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P1 (0.18g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (10). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution. Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (10), “evaluation of inkjet applicability of liquid crystal aligning agent” was performed.
  • NEP (9.40 g), ⁇ -BL (4.70 g) and BCS (9.40 g) were added to the polyimide powder (7) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 7, and the mixture was added at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Stir to dissolve. Then, P2 (0.075g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (11). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • Example 12 NMP (14.1 g), ECS (2.40 g) and BCS (7.10 g) are added to the polyimide powder (7) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 7, and the mixture is stirred at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. And dissolved. Then, P1 (0.075g) and P2 (0.15g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (12). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • NEP (15.5 g) and PB (8.30 g) were added to the polyimide powder (8) (1.52 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P2 (0.15g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (13). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • NEP (15.3 g) and PB (8.20 g) were added to the polyimide powder (8) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P1 (0.045g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (14). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • Example 15 NEP (11.8 g), ⁇ -BL (2.40 g) and PB (9.40 g) were added to the polyimide powder (9) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 9, and the mixture was added at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Stir to dissolve. Then, P3 (0.15g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (15). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • Example 16 NEP (16.2 g), ⁇ -BL (3.20 g) and PB (12.9 g) were added to the polyimide powder (9) (1.00 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 9, and the mixture was added at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Stir to dissolve. Then, P3 (0.10g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (16). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution. Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (16), “evaluation of ink jet coatability of liquid crystal aligning agent” was performed.
  • Example 17 NMP (15.8 g) and PB (8.50 g) were added to the polyimide powder (10) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P1 (0.23g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (17). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • NEP 15.8 g
  • PB 8.50 g
  • P1 (0.11g) and P2 (0.11g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (18).
  • Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • Example 19 ⁇ -BL (12.9 g), EC (2.40 g) and BCS (8.20 g) were added to the polyimide powder (11) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 11, and the mixture was added at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Stir to dissolve. Then, P3 (0.15g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (19). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • Example 20 NMP (14.1 g), ECS (2.40 g) and BCS (7.10 g) are added to the polyimide powder (11) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 11, and the mixture is stirred at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. And dissolved. Then, P1 (0.075g) and P2 (0.075g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (20). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
  • the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the example is close to the liquid crystal cell sealant even when the liquid crystal cell is stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank for a long time compared to the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the comparative example
  • a liquid crystal alignment film was obtained in which the liquid crystal alignment properties were not disturbed.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film capable of suppressing a decrease in voltage holding ratio was obtained.
  • the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention becomes a liquid crystal alignment film that can suppress the occurrence of display unevenness near the frame of the liquid crystal display element and the decrease in voltage holding ratio under high temperature and high humidity conditions.
  • Example 2 and Comparative Example 1 Example 3 and Comparative Example 2, Example 4 and Comparative Example 3, and Example 6 and Comparative Example 4
  • Example 6 and Comparative Example 4 is the same as the Example (
  • Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 1 Example 3 and Comparative Example 2, Example 4 and Comparative Example 3, and Example 6 and Comparative Example 4
  • the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the comparative example When the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the comparative example is used, if the liquid crystal cell is stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank for a long time, disorder of the liquid crystal alignment occurs near the sealant of the liquid crystal cell, and the voltage holding ratio is large. Declined.
  • a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is excellent in reliability and can be suitably used for a large-screen, high-definition liquid crystal television, and the like.
  • TN element, STN element, TFT It is useful as a liquid crystal element, particularly a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a liquid crystal alignment agent capable of forming a liquid crystal alignment film with which adhesive properties between a sealant and the liquid crystal alignment film can be improved, the occurrence of display unevenness in the vicinity of a frame of an element can be inhibited, even under high-temperature/high-humidity conditions, and a reduction in voltage retention rate can be inhibited. This liquid crystal alignment agent includes: (A) a component including a compound represented by formula [1] (in formula [1]: X1 represents either a divalent organic group having a C1-20 aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or a C6-24 divalent organic group having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring; and X2 is selected from formulae [1-1] to [1-5]) (in formula [1-3], W1 represents hydrogen or a benzene ring); and (B) a component including at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors and polyimides obtained by causing a reaction between a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component.

Description

液晶配向処理剤、液晶配向膜及び液晶表示素子Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
 本発明は、液晶表示素子の製造において用いられる液晶配向処理剤、この液晶配向処理剤から得られる液晶配向膜及びこの液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent used in the production of a liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, and a liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film.
 高分子材料など有機材料からなる膜は、形成の容易さや絶縁性能などが着目され、電子デバイス分野において、層間絶縁膜や保護膜等として広く用いられている。なかでも、表示デバイスとして良く知られた液晶表示素子では、ポリイミドからなる有機膜が液晶配向膜として使用されている。 A film made of an organic material such as a polymer material has been widely used as an interlayer insulating film or a protective film in the electronic device field because of its ease of formation and insulation performance. Among them, in a liquid crystal display element well known as a display device, an organic film made of polyimide is used as a liquid crystal alignment film.
 液晶配向膜は、液晶の配向状態を制御する目的で使用されるものである。最近では、液晶表示素子の高精細化に伴い、液晶表示素子のコントラスト低下や長期使用に伴う表示不良の抑制が求められている。 The liquid crystal alignment film is used for the purpose of controlling the alignment state of the liquid crystal. Recently, along with the higher definition of liquid crystal display elements, there has been a demand for suppression of display defects due to a decrease in contrast of liquid crystal display elements and long-term use.
 これらの課題に対して、ポリイミドを液晶配向膜として用いた場合においては、液晶配向性を高め、液晶表示画面周辺部に表示不良が生じにくくする手法として、アルコキシシラン化合物を添加した液晶配向処理剤を用いて形成された液晶配向膜が提案されている(例えば特許文献1又は2参照)。 In response to these problems, when polyimide is used as the liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent to which an alkoxysilane compound is added as a technique for improving liquid crystal alignment and making display defects less likely to occur at the periphery of the liquid crystal display screen. There has been proposed a liquid crystal alignment film formed by using (see, for example, Patent Document 1 or 2).
日本特開昭61-171762号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 61-171762 日本特開平11-119226号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-119226
 近年、スマートフォンや携帯電話などのモバイル用途向けに、液晶表示素子が用いられている。これら用途では、できるだけ多くの表示面を確保するため、液晶表示素子の基板間を接着させるために用いるシール剤の幅を、従来に比べて狭くする必要がある。さらに、上述した理由により、シール剤の描画位置を、シール剤との接着性が弱い液晶配向膜の端部に接した位置、あるいは液晶配向膜の上部にすることも求められている。このような場合、高温高湿条件下での使用により、シール剤と液晶配向膜との間から、液晶表示素子内に水が混入しやすくなり、液晶表示素子の額縁付近に表示ムラが発生してしまう。 In recent years, liquid crystal display elements have been used for mobile applications such as smartphones and mobile phones. In these applications, in order to secure as many display surfaces as possible, it is necessary to make the width of the sealing agent used for bonding the substrates of the liquid crystal display elements narrower than in the past. Furthermore, for the reasons described above, it is also required that the drawing position of the sealing agent be a position in contact with the end portion of the liquid crystal alignment film having low adhesiveness with the sealing agent or an upper portion of the liquid crystal alignment film. In such a case, use under high-temperature and high-humidity conditions makes it easy for water to enter the liquid crystal display element from between the sealant and the liquid crystal alignment film, resulting in display unevenness near the frame of the liquid crystal display element. End up.
 また、液晶表示素子内に水が混入すると、液晶表示素子の電気特性の1つである電圧保持率が大きく低下し、液晶表示素子の表示不良の1つである焼き付き不良(線焼き付きともいわれる)が発生しやすくなってしまい、信頼性の高い液晶表示素子が得られない。 In addition, when water is mixed into the liquid crystal display element, the voltage holding ratio, which is one of the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element, is greatly reduced, and a burn-in defect (also called line burn-in), which is one of the display defects of the liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal display element with high reliability cannot be obtained.
 そこで本発明の目的は、上記特性を兼ね備え、シール剤と液晶配向膜との接着性を高め、高温高湿条件下において液晶表示素子の額縁付近の表示ムラの発生を抑制し、かつ電圧保持率の低下を抑制することができる液晶配向膜を提供することが可能な液晶配向処理剤、及び当該液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子を提供することである。 Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to combine the above characteristics, improve the adhesion between the sealing agent and the liquid crystal alignment film, suppress the occurrence of display unevenness near the frame of the liquid crystal display element under high temperature and high humidity conditions, and maintain the voltage holding ratio. It is providing the liquid crystal aligning agent which can provide the liquid crystal aligning film which can suppress the fall of this, and the liquid crystal display element which has the said liquid crystal aligning film.
 本発明者は、鋭意研究を行った結果、特定構造を有する化合物、並びにポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体を含有する液晶配向処理剤が、上記の目的を達成するために極めて有効であることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of diligent research, the present inventor has achieved the above object by a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a compound having a specific structure and at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polyimide. The present invention was found to be extremely effective in order to accomplish the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明は以下の要旨を有するものである。
(1)下記の(A)成分及び(B)成分を含有することを特徴とする液晶配向処理剤。
(A)成分:下記の式[1]で示される化合物。
(B)成分:ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを反応させて得られるポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

(Xは、炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基を有する2価の有機基、又はベンゼン環若しくはシクロヘキサン環を有する炭素数6~24の2価の有機基を示し、Xは、下記の式[1-1]~式[1-5]から選ばれる構造を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

(Wは、水素原子又はベンゼン環を示す。)
That is, the present invention has the following gist.
(1) A liquid crystal aligning agent comprising the following component (A) and component (B).
(A) Component: A compound represented by the following formula [1].
(B) component: At least 1 type of polymer chosen from the group which consists of a polyimide precursor obtained by making a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic-acid component react, and a polyimide.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

(X 1 represents a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a divalent organic group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring, and X 2 represents A structure selected from the following formulas [1-1] to [1-5] is shown.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

(W 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring.)
(2)前記式[1]のXが、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基である上記(1)に記載の液晶配向処理剤。
(3)前記式[1]のXが、式[1-1]、式[1-2]及び式[1-4]から選ばれる構造である上記(1)又は(2)に記載の液晶配向処理剤。
(2) The liquid crystal aligning agent according to the above (1), wherein X 1 in the formula [1] is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
(3) X 2 in the formula [1] is a structure selected from the formula [1-1], the formula [1-2] and the formula [1-4], according to the above (1) or (2) Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent.
(4)前記(B)成分の重合体におけるジアミン成分が、下記の式[2]で示される構造のジアミン化合物を少なくとも1種以上含む、上記(1)~(3)のいずれかに記載の液晶配向処理剤。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

(Yは下記の式[2-1]~式[2-6]から選ばれる構造の置換基を示し、mは1~4の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(aは0~4の整数を示し、bは0~4の整数を示す。
は単結合、-(CH-(aは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-、-COO-又はOCO-を示し、Yは単結合又は-(CH-(bは1~15の整数である)を示し、Yは単結合、-(CH-(cは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-、-COO-又は-OCO-を示し、Yはベンゼン環、シクロヘキサン環及び複素環から選ばれる2価の環状基、又はステロイド骨格を有する炭素数12~25の2価の有機基を示し、前記環状基上の任意の水素原子は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルコキシル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、Yはベンゼン環、シクロヘキサン環及び複素環から選ばれる2価の環状基を示し、これらの環状基上の任意の水素原子は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルコキシル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、nは0~4の整数を示し、Yは炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシル基又は炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルコキシル基を示し、
は-O-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-又は-NHCO-を示し、Yは炭素数8~22のアルキル基を示す。
及びY10はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を示し、Y11は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を示す。)
(4) The diamine component in the polymer of the component (B) includes at least one diamine compound having a structure represented by the following formula [2], according to any one of the above (1) to (3) Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

(Y represents a substituent having a structure selected from the following formulas [2-1] to [2-6], and m represents an integer of 1 to 4.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(A represents an integer of 0 to 4, and b represents an integer of 0 to 4.
Y 1 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or OCO—, and Y 2 represents a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 15), Y 3 is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—, wherein Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, or a divalent divalent group having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton. An organic group, and an arbitrary hydrogen atom on the cyclic group includes an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and 1 to 3 carbon atoms may be substituted with a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group or a fluorine atom, Y 5 is a benzene ring, a cycloalkyl A divalent cyclic group selected from a xanth ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or 1 to 3 carbon atoms; 3 is a fluorine-containing alkyl group, may be substituted with a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom, n is an integer of 0 to 4, Y 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, A fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms;
Y 7 represents —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH— or —NHCO—, and Y 8 represents an alkyl group having 8 to 22 carbon atoms.
Y 9 and Y 10 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and Y 11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. )
(5)前記(B)成分の重合体におけるテトラカルボン酸成分に、下記の式[3]で示される化合物を含む、上記(1)~(4)のいずれかに記載の液晶配向処理剤。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(Zは下記の式[3a]~式[3j]から選ばれる構造の基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(Z~Zは水素原子、メチル基、塩素原子又はベンゼン環を示し、それぞれ同じであっても異なってもよく、Z及びZは水素原子又はメチル基を示し、それぞれ同じであっても異なってもよい。)
(6)前記(B)成分の重合体が、ポリアミド酸を脱水閉環させて得られるポリイミドである上記(1)~(5)のいずれかに記載の液晶配向処理剤。
(7)前記(B)成分の100質量部に対して、前記(A)成分が0.1~30質量部である上記(1)~(6)のいずれかに記載の液晶配向処理剤。
(8)上記(1)~(7)のいずれかに記載の液晶配向処理剤から得られる液晶配向膜。
(9)上記(1)~(7)のいずれかに記載の液晶配向処理剤を用いてインクジェット法にて得られる液晶配向膜。
(10)上記(8)又は(9)に記載の液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子。
(5) The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of the above (1) to (4), wherein the tetracarboxylic acid component in the polymer of the component (B) contains a compound represented by the following formula [3].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(Z 1 is a group having a structure selected from the following formulas [3a] to [3j].)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(Z 2 to Z 5 represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom or a benzene ring, and may be the same or different, and Z 6 and Z 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and each represents the same. Or different.)
(6) The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of (1) to (5), wherein the polymer of the component (B) is a polyimide obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing polyamic acid.
(7) The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of (1) to (6), wherein the component (A) is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the component (B).
(8) A liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent according to any one of (1) to (7).
(9) A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by an ink jet method using the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent according to any one of (1) to (7).
(10) A liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal alignment film according to (8) or (9).
(11)電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有し、前記一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性化合物を含む液晶組成物を配置し、前記電極間に電圧を印加しつつ前記重合性化合物を重合させて製造される液晶表示素子に用いられる、上記(8)又は(9)に記載の液晶配向膜。
(12)上記(11)に記載の液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子。
(11) A liquid crystal composition having a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes and including a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat is disposed between the pair of substrates, The liquid crystal alignment film according to (8) or (9), which is used in a liquid crystal display device produced by polymerizing the polymerizable compound while applying a voltage between electrodes.
(12) A liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal alignment film according to (11).
(13)電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有し、前記一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性基を含む液晶配向膜を配置し、前記電極間に電圧を印加しつつ前記重合性基を重合させて製造される液晶表示素子に用いられる上記(8)又は(9)に記載の液晶配向膜。
(14)上記(13)に記載の液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子。
(13) A liquid crystal alignment layer having a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes and including a polymerizable group that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat is disposed between the pair of substrates, The liquid crystal alignment film according to (8) or (9), which is used in a liquid crystal display device produced by polymerizing the polymerizable group while applying a voltage between electrodes.
(14) A liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal alignment film according to (13).
 本発明によれば、特定構造を有する化合物、並びにポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体を含有する液晶配向処理剤は、シール剤と液晶配向膜との接着性を高め、高温高湿条件下においても、液晶表示素子の額縁付近の表示ムラの発生を抑制し、かつ電圧保持率の低下を抑制することができる液晶配向膜を形成することができる。すなわち、本発明の液晶配向処理剤から得られた液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子は、信頼性に優れたものとなり、大画面で高精細の液晶テレビなどに好適に利用できる。 According to the present invention, the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent containing a compound having a specific structure and at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polyimide has an adhesive property between the sealant and the liquid crystal alignment film. Even under high temperature and high humidity conditions, it is possible to form a liquid crystal alignment film that can suppress the occurrence of display unevenness in the vicinity of the frame of the liquid crystal display element and suppress the decrease in voltage holding ratio. That is, a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention has excellent reliability and can be suitably used for a large-screen, high-definition liquid crystal television.
 本発明は、下記の(A)成分及び(B)成分を含有する液晶配向処理剤、該液晶配向処理剤を用いて得られる液晶配向膜、さらには、該液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子である。
(A)成分:下記の式[1]で示される化合物(特定化合物ともいう)。
(B)成分:ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを反応させて得られるポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体(特定重合体ともいう)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(Xは、炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基を有する2価の有機基、又はベンゼン環若しくはシクロヘキサン環を有する炭素数6~24の2価の有機基を示し、Xは、下記の式[1-1]~式[1-5]から選ばれる構造を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(Wは、水素原子又はベンゼン環を示す)。
The present invention is a liquid crystal aligning agent containing the following components (A) and (B), a liquid crystal aligning film obtained using the liquid crystal aligning agent, and a liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal aligning film. is there.
Component (A): a compound represented by the following formula [1] (also referred to as a specific compound).
Component (B): At least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained by reacting a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component and a polyimide (also referred to as a specific polymer).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(X 1 represents a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a divalent organic group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring, and X 2 represents A structure selected from the following formulas [1-1] to [1-5] is shown.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(W 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring).
 本発明の液晶配向処理剤において、特定化合物中のO=C=N-基(イソシアネート基ともいう)は、液晶配向処理剤を作製する際の加熱や、液晶配向膜を作製する際の焼成工程によって、特定重合体中のカルボキシル基と化学結合していると考えられる。そのため、本発明の液晶配向処理剤は、有機溶媒中で混合するという簡便な手段にもかかわらず、そこから得られた液晶配向膜中では、特定化合物と特定重合体とが効率良く結合していると考える。
 また、特定化合物中のXである式[1-1]~式[1-5]の2重結合部位は、熱や紫外線の照射により、反応することが知られている。また、これら2重結合部位は、シール剤中に含まれる化合物にも含まれている部位である。
In the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, the O═C═N— group (also referred to as an isocyanate group) in the specific compound is a heating step for preparing the liquid crystal aligning agent or a baking step for preparing the liquid crystal aligning film. Therefore, it is considered that it is chemically bonded to the carboxyl group in the specific polymer. Therefore, in spite of the simple means of mixing in an organic solvent, the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention efficiently binds the specific compound and the specific polymer in the liquid crystal alignment film obtained therefrom. I think.
In addition, it is known that the double bond site of the formula [1-1] to the formula [1-5] which is X 2 in the specific compound reacts when irradiated with heat or ultraviolet rays. Further, these double binding sites are sites that are also included in the compound contained in the sealant.
 したがって、本発明の液晶配向処理剤を用いた場合、液晶表示素子を作製する際のシール剤の硬化工程、すなわち、紫外線照射工程や焼成工程により、液晶配向膜中の2重結合部位とシール剤中の化合物とが化学反応して、シール剤と液晶配向膜とが化学結合し、これらの接着性を高めることができる。
 以上の点から、本発明の特定化合物及び特定重合体を含有する液晶配向処理剤は、シール剤との密着性が高く、高温高湿条件したにおいても、液晶表示素子の額縁付近の表示ムラの発生を抑制し、かつ電圧保持率の低下を抑制できる液晶配向膜を形成できる。
Therefore, when the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention is used, the double bond site in the liquid crystal alignment film and the sealant are obtained by the curing process of the sealant when producing the liquid crystal display element, that is, the ultraviolet irradiation process or the baking process. A chemical reaction with the compound therein causes a chemical bond between the sealing agent and the liquid crystal alignment film, thereby enhancing their adhesion.
In view of the above, the liquid crystal aligning agent containing the specific compound and specific polymer of the present invention has high adhesion to the sealant, and display irregularities near the frame of the liquid crystal display element even under high temperature and high humidity conditions. It is possible to form a liquid crystal alignment film that can suppress generation and suppress a decrease in voltage holding ratio.
<特定化合物>
 本発明の特定化合物は、下記の式[1]で示される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(X、Xは、上記で定義したものと同意義であり、Xは下記の式[1-1]~式[1-5]から選ばれる構造を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(Wは、水素原子又はベンゼン環を示す。)
<Specific compounds>
The specific compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula [1].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(X 1 and X 2 have the same meaning as defined above, and X 2 represents a structure selected from the following formulas [1-1] to [1-5].)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(W 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring.)
 式[1]中、Xは、炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基を有する2価の有機基、又はベンゼン環若しくはシクロヘキサン環を有する炭素数6~24の2価の有機基を示す。なかでも、化合物の入手性及び製造の観点からは、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数が1~5のアルキレン基である。
 式[1]中、Xは、式[1-1]~式[1-5]から選ばれる構造である。
 式[1-3]中、Wは、水素原子又はベンゼン環を示す。なかでも、水素原子が好ましい。
 式[1]中、Xは、熱や紫外線の照射による反応性の観点からは、式[1-1]、式[1-2]又は式[1-4]で示される構造が好ましい。
In the formula [1], X 1 represents a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a divalent organic group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring. . Among these, from the viewpoint of availability and production of the compound, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
In the formula [1], X 2 is a structure selected from the formulas [1-1] to [1-5].
In formula [1-3], W 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring. Of these, a hydrogen atom is preferable.
In the formula [1], X 2 is preferably a structure represented by the formula [1-1], the formula [1-2] or the formula [1-4] from the viewpoint of reactivity by heat or ultraviolet irradiation.
 より具体的には、下記の式[1a]~式[1d]で示される構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(Xは炭素数1~5のアルキレン基、ベンゼン環又はシクロヘキサン環を示し、Xは炭素数1~5のアルキレン基、ベンゼン環又はシクロヘキサン環を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(Xは炭素数1~5のアルキレン基、ベンゼン環又はシクロヘキサン環を示し、Xは炭素数1~5のアルキレン基、ベンゼン環又はシクロヘキサン環を示す。)
More specifically, structures represented by the following formulas [1a] to [1d] can be given.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(X 3 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring, and X 4 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(X 5 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring, and X 6 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring.)
<特定重合体>
 本発明の(B)成分である特定重合体は、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを反応させて得られるポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体である。
<Specific polymer>
The specific polymer which is the component (B) of the present invention is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained by reacting a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component and a polyimide.
 ポリイミド前駆体は、下記の式[A]で示される構造である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(Rは4価の有機基であり、Rは2価の有機基であり、A及びAは水素原子又は炭素数1~8のアルキル基を示し、それぞれ同じであっても異なってもよく、A及びAは水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はアセチル基を示し、それぞれ同じであっても異なってもよく、nは正の整数を示す。)
The polyimide precursor has a structure represented by the following formula [A].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(R 1 is a tetravalent organic group, R 2 is a divalent organic group, A 1 and A 2 represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, which may be the same or different. A 3 and A 4 may represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an acetyl group, and may be the same or different, and n represents a positive integer.)
 前記ジアミン成分としては、分子内に1級又は2級のアミノ基を2個有するジアミン化合物であり、テトラカルボン酸成分としては、テトラカルボン酸化合物、テトラカルボン酸二無水物、テトラカルボン酸ジハライド化合物、テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル化合物又はテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルジハライド化合物が挙げられる。 The diamine component is a diamine compound having two primary or secondary amino groups in the molecule, and the tetracarboxylic acid component is a tetracarboxylic acid compound, tetracarboxylic dianhydride, or tetracarboxylic acid dihalide compound. , Tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compounds or tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compounds.
 特定重合体は、下記の式[B]で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と下記の式[C]で示されるジアミン化合物とを原料とすることで比較的簡便に得られるという理由から、下記の式[D]で示される繰り返し単位の構造式からなるポリアミド酸又は該ポリアミド酸をイミド化させたポリイミドが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(R及びRは式[A]で定義したものと同意義である)。
The specific polymer can be obtained relatively easily by using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [B] and a diamine compound represented by the following formula [C] as raw materials. The polyamic acid consisting of the structural formula of the repeating unit represented by the formula [D] or a polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyamic acid is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(R 1 and R 2 are the same as defined in formula [A]).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 (R及びRは式[A]で定義したものと同意義である)。 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(R 1 and R 2 are the same as defined in formula [A]).
 また、通常の合成手法で、上記で得られた式[D]の重合体に、式[A]で示されるA及びAの炭素数1~8のアルキル基、及び式[A]で示されるA及びAの炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はアセチル基を導入することもできる。 In addition, the polymer of the formula [D] obtained above by the usual synthesis method is added to the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms of A 1 and A 2 represented by the formula [A] and the formula [A]. It is also possible to introduce an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an acetyl group of A 3 and A 4 shown.
<ジアミン成分>
 (B)成分である特定重合体を作製するためのジアミン成分としては、公知のジアミン化合物を用いることができる。
 なかでも、下記の式[2]で示される構造を有するジアミン化合物(特定ジアミン化合物ともいう)を少なくとも1種以上用いることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 (Yは下記の式[2-1]~式[2-6]から選ばれる構造の置換基を示し、mは1~4の整数を示す。)
<Diamine component>
As the diamine component for producing the specific polymer as the component (B), a known diamine compound can be used.
Among these, it is preferable to use at least one diamine compound (also referred to as a specific diamine compound) having a structure represented by the following formula [2].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(Y represents a substituent having a structure selected from the following formulas [2-1] to [2-6], and m represents an integer of 1 to 4.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式[2-1]中、aは0~4の整数を示す。なかでも、原料の入手性や合成の容易さの点から、0又は1が好ましい。
 式[2-2]中、bは0~4の整数を示す。なかでも、原料の入手性や合成の容易さの点から、0又は1の整数が好ましい。
 式[2-3]中、Yは単結合、-(CH-(aは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-、-COO-又は-OCO-を示す。なかでも、原料の入手性や合成の容易さの点から、単結合、-(CH-(aは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-又は-COO-が好ましい。より好ましいのは、単結合、-(CH-(aは1~10の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-又はCOO-である。
In the formula [2-1], a represents an integer of 0 to 4. Among these, 0 or 1 is preferable from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis.
In the formula [2-2], b represents an integer of 0 to 4. Especially, the integer of 0 or 1 is preferable from the point of the availability of a raw material or the ease of a synthesis | combination.
In formula [2-3], Y 1 is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. Indicates. Among these, from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis, a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO. -Is preferred. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or COO—.
 式[2-3]中、Yは単結合又は-(CH-(bは1~15の整数である)を示す。なかでも、単結合又は-(CH-(bは1~10の整数である)が好ましい。
 式[2-3]中、Yは単結合、-(CH-(cは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-、-COO-又は-OCO-を示す。なかでも、合成の容易さの点から、単結合、-(CH-(cは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-又は-COO-が好ましい。より好ましいのは、単結合、-(CH-(cは1~10の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-又は-COO-である。
In the formula [2-3], Y 2 represents a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 15). Among these, a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 10) is preferable.
In the formula [2-3], Y 3 is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. Indicates. Of these, a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO— is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
 式[2-3]中、Yはベンゼン環、シクロヘキサン環及び複素環から選ばれる2価の環状基であり、これらの環状基上の任意の水素原子は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルコキシル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい。さらに、Yは、ステロイド骨格を有する炭素数12~25の有機基から選ばれる2価の有機基であってもよい。なかでも、合成の容易さの点から、ベンゼン環、シクロへキサン環又はステロイド骨格を有する炭素数12~25の有機基が好ましい。 In the formula [2-3], Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. , An alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom. Furthermore, Y 4 may be a divalent organic group selected from organic groups having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton. Of these, an organic group having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring or a steroid skeleton is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
 式[2-3]中、Yはベンゼン環、シクロヘキサン環又は複素環から選ばれる2価の環状基を示し、これらの環状基上の任意の水素原子が、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルコキシル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい。なかでも、ベンゼン環又はシクロへキサン環が好ましい。
 式[2-3]中、nは0~4の整数を示す。なかでも、原料の入手性や合成の容易さの点から、0~3が好ましい。より好ましいのは、0~2である。
In the formula [2-3], Y 5 represents a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. , An alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom. Of these, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring is preferable.
In the formula [2-3], n represents an integer of 0 to 4. Among these, 0 to 3 are preferable from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis. More preferred is 0-2.
 式[2-3]中、Yは炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシル基又は炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルコキシル基を示す。なかでも、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシル基又は炭素数1~10のフッ素含有アルコキシル基が好ましい。より好ましくは、炭素数1~12のアルキル基又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基である。特に好ましくは、炭素数1~9のアルキル基又は炭素数1~9のアルコキシル基である。 In the formula [2-3], Y 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. Indicates. Of these, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
 式[2]中の置換基Yを構成するための式[2-3]におけるY、Y、Y、Y、Y、Y及びnの好ましい組み合わせとしては、国際公開公報WO2011/132751(2011.10.27公開)の13頁~34頁の表6~表47に掲載される(2-1)~(2-629)と同じ組み合わせが挙げられる。なお、国際公開公報の各表におけるY1~Y6は、本発明のY~Yと読み替えるものとする。
 式[2-4]中、Yは-O-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-又は-NHCO-を示す。なかでも、-O-、-CHO-、-COO-又は-CONH-が好ましい。より好ましくは、-O-、-COO-又は-CONH-である。
 式[2-4]中、Yは炭素数8~22のアルキル基を示す。
 式[2-5]中、Y及びY10は独立して、炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を示す。
 式[2-6]中、Y11は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を示す。
As a preferable combination of Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 , Y 6 and n in the formula [2-3] for constituting the substituent Y in the formula [2], International Publication WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.27), the same combinations as (2-1) to (2-629) listed in Tables 6 to 47 on pages 13 to 34 are mentioned. It should be noted that Y1 to Y6 in each table of the International Publication are replaced with Y 1 to Y 6 of the present invention.
In the formula [2-4], Y 7 represents —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH— or —NHCO—. Of these, —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —CONH— is preferable. More preferred is —O—, —COO— or —CONH—.
In formula [2-4], Y 8 represents an alkyl group having 8 to 22 carbon atoms.
In the formula [2-5], Y 9 and Y 10 independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
In formula [2-6], Y 11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 式[2]で示される特定ジアミン化合物を製造する方法は特に限定されないが、好ましい方法としては、下記に示すものが挙げられる。
 一例として、式[2]で示される特定ジアミン化合物は、下記の式[2-A]で示されるジニトロ体化合物を合成し、さらにそのニトロ基を還元してアミノ基に変換することで得られる。
Although the method to manufacture the specific diamine compound shown by Formula [2] is not specifically limited, What is shown below is mentioned as a preferable method.
As an example, the specific diamine compound represented by the formula [2] can be obtained by synthesizing a dinitro compound represented by the following formula [2-A] and further reducing the nitro group to convert it to an amino group. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(Yは前記式[2-1]~式[2-6]から選ばれる構造の置換基を示し、mは1~4の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(Y represents a substituent having a structure selected from the above formulas [2-1] to [2-6], and m represents an integer of 1 to 4.)
 式[2-A]で示されるジニトロ体化合物のジニトロ基を還元する方法には、特に制限はなく、通常、酢酸エチル、トルエン、テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン、アルコール系溶剤などの溶媒中、パラジウム-炭素、酸化白金、ラネーニッケル、白金黒、ロジウム-アルミナ、硫化白金炭素などを触媒として用いて、水素ガス、ヒドラジン又は塩化水素下で反応させる方法がある。 The method for reducing the dinitro group of the dinitro compound represented by the formula [2-A] is not particularly limited, and usually in a solvent such as ethyl acetate, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, alcohol solvent, palladium-carbon, There is a method in which platinum oxide, Raney nickel, platinum black, rhodium-alumina, platinum sulfide carbon or the like is used as a catalyst and reacted in hydrogen gas, hydrazine or hydrogen chloride.
 下記に、式[2]で示される特定ジアミン化合物の具体的な構造を挙げるが、これらの例に限定されるものではない。
 特定ジアミン化合物としては、2,4-ジメチル-m-フェニレンジアミン、2,6-ジアミノトルエン、2,4-ジアミノ安息香酸、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸、2,4-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、2,4-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、4,6-ジアミノレゾルシノールの他に、下記の式[2-7]~[2-47]で示される構造のジアミン化合物を挙げることができる。
Specific examples of the specific diamine compound represented by the formula [2] are shown below, but are not limited to these examples.
Specific diamine compounds include 2,4-dimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,4-diaminobenzoic acid, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5 -Diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2,4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, and diamines having structures represented by the following formulas [2-7] to [2-47] A compound can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(Aは、炭素数1~22のアルキル基又はフッ素含有アルキル基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(A 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(Rは-O-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COOCH-又は-CHOCO-を示し、Rは炭素数1~22のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素含有アルキル基又はフッ素含有アルコキシ基を示す。) (R 1 represents —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2 — or —CH 2 OCO—, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, or a fluorine-containing alkyl. Group or fluorine-containing alkoxy group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(Rは-COO-、-OCO-、-COOCH-、-CHOCO-、-CHO-、-OCH-又は-CH-を示し、Rは炭素数1~22のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素含有アルキル基又はフッ素含有アルコキシ基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(R 3 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 — or —CH 2 —, and R 4 has 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group or a fluorine-containing alkoxy group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(Rは-COO-、-OCO-、-COOCH-、-CHOCO-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CH-又は-O-であり、Rはフッ素基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメタン基、ニトロ基、アゾ基、ホルミル基、アセチル基、アセトキシ基又は水酸基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(R 5 is —COO—, —OCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 — or —O—, and R 6 is a fluorine group , Cyano group, trifluoromethane group, nitro group, azo group, formyl group, acetyl group, acetoxy group or hydroxyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(Rは炭素数3~12のアルキル基を示す。なお、1,4-シクロヘキシレンのシス-トランス異性は、それぞれトランス異性体が好ましい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(R 7 represents an alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. The cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is preferably a trans isomer.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(Rは炭素数3~12のアルキル基を示す。なお、1,4-シクロヘキシレンのシス-トランス異性は、それぞれトランス異性体が好ましい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(R 8 represents an alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. The cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is preferably a trans isomer.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(Bはフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数3~20のアルキル基を示し、Bは1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を示し、Bは酸素原子又は-COO-*(但し、「*」を付した結合手がBと結合する)を示し、Bは酸素原子又は-COO-*(但し、「*」を付した結合手が(CH)aと結合する)を示す。また、aは0又は1の整数を示し、aは2~10の整数を示し、aは0又は1の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(B 4 represents an alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, B 3 represents a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and B 2 represents an oxygen atom. Or —COO— * (where a bond marked with “*” is bonded to B 3 ), and B 1 is an oxygen atom or —COO— * (where a bond marked with “*” is (CH 2 ) is bonded to a 2. In addition, a 1 represents an integer of 0 or 1, a 2 represents an integer of 2 to 10, and a 3 represents an integer of 0 or 1.)
 上記の式[2]で示される特定ジアミン化合物のなかで、式[2]中の置換基Yが式[2-3]で示される構造のジアミン化合物を用いた特定重合体から得られる液晶配向処理剤を用いて液晶配向膜を形成した場合は、液晶のプレチルト角を高くすることができる。プレチルト角を高めるには、上記ジアミン化合物の中でも、式[2-25]~式[2-40]又は式[2-43]~式[2-47]で示されるジアミン化合物を用いることが好ましい。より好ましいのは、式[2-29]~式[2-40]又は式[2-43]~式[2-47]で示されるジアミン化合物である。
 プレチルト角を高めるために用いるジアミン化合物の量は、ジアミン成分全体の5モル%以上80モル%以下であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、液晶配向処理剤の塗布性や液晶配向膜としての電気特性の点から、ジアミン成分全体の5モル%以上60モル%である。
Among the specific diamine compounds represented by the above formula [2], the liquid crystal alignment obtained from the specific polymer using the diamine compound having the structure in which the substituent Y in the formula [2] is represented by the formula [2-3] When the liquid crystal alignment film is formed using the treatment agent, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be increased. In order to increase the pretilt angle, among the above diamine compounds, it is preferable to use diamine compounds represented by the formulas [2-25] to [2-40] or the formulas [2-43] to [2-47]. . More preferred are diamine compounds represented by the formulas [2-29] to [2-40] or the formulas [2-43] to [2-47].
The amount of the diamine compound used for increasing the pretilt angle is preferably 5 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less of the entire diamine component. More preferably, it is 5 mol% or more and 60 mol% of the whole diamine component from the viewpoint of the coating property of the liquid crystal aligning agent and the electric characteristics as the liquid crystal alignment film.
 式[2]で示される特定ジアミン化合物は、特定重合体の溶媒への溶解性や塗布性、液晶配向膜にした場合における液晶の配向性、電圧保持率、蓄積電荷などの特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することができる。
 特定重合体を作製するためのジアミン成分としては、式[2]で示される特定ジアミン化合物以外のジアミン化合物(その他ジアミン化合物ともいう)をジアミン成分として用いることができる。下記に、その他ジアミン化合物の具体例を挙げるが、これらの例に限定されるものではない。
The specific diamine compound represented by the formula [2] has a solubility or coating property in a solvent of the specific polymer, liquid crystal alignment in the case of forming a liquid crystal alignment film, voltage holding ratio, accumulated charge, and other characteristics. One type or a mixture of two or more types can be used.
As the diamine component for producing the specific polymer, a diamine compound other than the specific diamine compound represented by the formula [2] (also referred to as other diamine compound) can be used as the diamine component. Specific examples of other diamine compounds are shown below, but are not limited to these examples.
 例えば、m-フェニレンジアミン、p-フェニレンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジカルボキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジフルオロ-4,4’-ビフェニル、3,3’-トリフルオロメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-スルホニルジアニリン、3,3’-スルホニルジアニリン、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シラン、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)シラン、ジメチル-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シラン、ジメチル-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)シラン、4,4’-チオジアニリン、3,3’-チオジアニリン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、N-メチル(4,4’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(3,3’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(3,4’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(2,2’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(2,3’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,4-ジアミノナフタレン、2,2’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、2,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、1,6-ジアミノナフタレン、1,7-ジアミノナフタレン、1,8-ジアミノナフタレン、2,5-ジアミノナフタレン、2,6ジアミノナフタレン、2,7-ジアミノナフタレン、2,8-ジアミノナフタレン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、1,2-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)エタン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4アミノフェニル)ブタン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ブタン、ビス(3,5-ジエチル-4-アミノフェニル)メタン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノベンジル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、4,4’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,4’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,3’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,3’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、1,4-フェニレンビス[(4-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,4-フェニレンビス[(3-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,3-フェニレンビス[(4-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,3-フェニレンビス[(3-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,4-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,4-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート、N,N’-(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(4-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビス(4-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(3-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビス(3-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)テレフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)イソフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)イソフタルアミド、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,5-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,6-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)へキサン、1,6-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)へキサン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,7-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,8-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,8-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,9-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,9-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,10-(4-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,10-(3-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,11-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,11-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,12-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカン、1,12-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカン、ビス(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-メチルシクロヘキシル)メタン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン、1,5-ジアミノペンタン、1,6-ジアミノへキサン、1,7-ジアミノヘプタン、1,8-ジアミノオクタン、1,9-ジアミノノナン、1,10-ジアミノデカン、1,11-ジアミノウンデカン又は1,12-ジアミノドデカンなどが挙げられる。 For example, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dimethoxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dihydroxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dicarboxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-difluoro-4,4′-biphenyl, 3,3′- Trifluoromethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,3′-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4′-diamino Diphenylmethane, 3,3′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2′-diaminodiphenylmethane, , 3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4 '-Sulfonyldianiline, 3,3'-sulfonyldianiline, bis (4-aminophenyl) silane, bis (3-aminophenyl) silane, dimethyl-bis (4-aminophenyl) silane, dimethyl-bis (3- Aminophenyl) silane, 4,4'-thiodianiline, 3,3'-thiodianiline, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylamine, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylamine 2,3'-Diaminodiphe Ruamine, N-methyl (4,4'-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl (3,4'-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl (3,4'-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl (2, 2'-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl (2,3'-diaminodiphenyl) amine, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 1,4- Diaminonaphthalene, 2,2'-diaminobenzophenone, 2,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 1,6-diaminonaphthalene, 1,7-diaminonaphthalene, 1,8-diaminonaphthalene, 2,5 -Diaminonaphthalene, 2,6 diaminonaphthalene, 2,7-diaminonaphthalene, 2,8-diamidine Nonaphthalene, 1,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) ethane, 1,2-bis (3-aminophenyl) ethane, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 1,3-bis (3- Aminophenyl) propane, 1,4-bis (4aminophenyl) butane, 1,4-bis (3-aminophenyl) butane, bis (3,5-diethyl-4-aminophenyl) methane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 1,4 -Bis (4-aminobenzyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 4,4 '-[1,4-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 4,4'-[1,3 -Fe Renbis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,4 ′-[1,4-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,4 ′-[1,3-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,3 ′-[1 , 4-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,3 ′-[1,3-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 1,4-phenylenebis [(4-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,4-phenylene Bis [(3-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,3-phenylenebis [(4-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,3-phenylenebis [(3-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,4-phenylenebis ( 4-aminobenzoate), 1,4-phenylenebis (3-aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylenebis (4-aminobenzoate), 1,3- Enylene bis (3-aminobenzoate), bis (4-aminophenyl) terephthalate, bis (3-aminophenyl) terephthalate, bis (4-aminophenyl) isophthalate, bis (3-aminophenyl) isophthalate, N, N ′ -(1,4-phenylene) bis (4-aminobenzamide), N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bis (4-aminobenzamide), N, N ′-(1,4-phenylene) bis ( 3-aminobenzamide), N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bis (3-aminobenzamide), N, N′-bis (4-aminophenyl) terephthalamide, N, N′-bis (3- Aminophenyl) terephthalamide, N, N′-bis (4-aminophenyl) isophthalamide, N, N′-bis (3-aminophenyl) iso Phthalamide, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 4,4′-bis (4-aminophenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 2,2′-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2 , 2′-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2′-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2′-bis (3-aminophenyl) hexafluoro Propane, 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-methylphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2′-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2′-bis (3-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-methylphenyl) propane, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) propane, 1,3-bis ( -Aminophenoxy) propane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) butane, 1,4-bis (3-aminophenoxy) butane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenoxy) pentane, 1,5-bis (3-aminophenoxy) pentane, 1,6-bis (4-aminophenoxy) hexane, 1,6-bis (3-aminophenoxy) hexane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenoxy) heptane, , 7- (3-aminophenoxy) heptane, 1,8-bis (4-aminophenoxy) octane, 1,8-bis (3-aminophenoxy) octane, 1,9-bis (4-aminophenoxy) nonane, 1,9-bis (3-aminophenoxy) nonane, 1,10- (4-aminophenoxy) decane, 1,10- (3-aminophenoxy) decane, 1,11- 4-aminophenoxy) undecane, 1,11- (3-aminophenoxy) undecane, 1,12- (4-aminophenoxy) dodecane, 1,12- (3-aminophenoxy) dodecane, bis (4-aminocyclohexyl) Methane, bis (4-amino-3-methylcyclohexyl) methane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-diaminohexane, 1,7-diaminoheptane 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,11-diaminoundecane, 1,12-diaminododecane, and the like.
 また、その他ジアミン化合物として、ジアミン側鎖にアルキル基、フッ素含有アルキル基、芳香環、脂肪族環又は複素環を有するもの、さらに、これらの基からなる大環状置換体を有するものなどを挙げることもできる。具体的には、下記の式[DA1]~[DA7]で示されるジアミン化合物を例示することができる。 Examples of other diamine compounds include those having an alkyl group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring or a heterocyclic ring in the diamine side chain, and those having a macrocyclic substituent composed of these groups. You can also. Specifically, diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA1] to [DA7] can be exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(Aは-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CH-、-O-、-CO-又は-NH-を示し、Aは炭素数1~22の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~22の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のフッ素含有アルキル基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(A 1 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 —, —O—, —CO— or —NH—, and A 2 represents a straight chain having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. A linear or branched alkyl group or a linear or branched fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(pは1~10の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(P represents an integer of 1 to 10)
 本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、その他ジアミン化合物として、下記の式[DA8]~式[DA13]で示されるジアミン化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
As long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA8] to [DA13] can also be used as other diamine compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

(mは0~3の整数を示し、nは1~5の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

(M represents an integer of 0 to 3, and n represents an integer of 1 to 5.)
 さらに、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、下記の式[DA14]~式[DA17]で示されるジアミン化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Furthermore, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA14] to [DA17] can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(Aは単結合、-CH-、-C-、-C(CH-、-CF-、-C(CF-、-O-、-CO-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CON(CH)-又は-N(CH)CO-を示し、m及びmはそれぞれ0~4の整数を示し、かつm+mは1~4の整数を示し、式[DA15]中、m及びmはそれぞれ1~5の整数を示し、式[DA16]中、Aは炭素数1~5の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基を示し、mは1~5の整数を示し、Aは単結合、-CH-、-C-、-C(CH-、-CF-、-C(CF-、-O-、-CO-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CON(CH)-又は-N(CH)CO-を示し、mは1~4の整数を示す。)
 さらに、その他ジアミン化合物として、下記の式[DA18]及び式[DA19]で示されるジアミン化合物を用いることもできる。
(A 1 is a single bond, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —CF 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —O—, —CO—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — or —N ( CH 3 ) CO—, m 1 and m 2 each represents an integer of 0 to 4, and m 1 + m 2 represents an integer of 1 to 4, and in the formula [DA15], m 3 and m 4 are each In the formula [DA16], A 2 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, m 5 represents an integer of 1 to 5, A 3 represents a single bond, CH 2 -, - C 2 H 4 -, - C (CH 3) 2 -, - CF 2 -, - C (CF 3) 2 -, - O -, - CO -, - NH -, - N ( H 3) -, - CONH - , - NHCO -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CON (CH 3) - or -N (CH 3) CO- are shown M 6 represents an integer of 1 to 4.)
Furthermore, as other diamine compounds, diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA18] and [DA19] can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 さらには、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、下記の式[DA20]で示されるジアミン化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
(Aは-O-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CHO-、-OCO-、-CON(CH)-及び-N(CH)CO-より選ばれる2価の有機基であり、Aは単結合、炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基、非芳香族環式炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基であり、Aは単結合、-O-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CON(CH)-、-N(CH)CO-及び-O(CH-(mは1~5の整数である)より選ばれる2価の基であり、Aは窒素含有芳香族複素環であり、nは1~4の整数である。)
Furthermore, a diamine compound represented by the following formula [DA20] can also be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
(A 1 is —O—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — and —N (CH 3 ) a divalent organic group selected from CO—, A 2 is a single bond, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group; A 3 is a single bond, —O—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) —, —N (CH 3 ) a divalent group selected from CO— and —O (CH 2 ) m — (m is an integer of 1 to 5), A 4 is a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring, and n is 1 to It is an integer of 4.)
 上記のその他ジアミン化合物は、特定重合体の溶媒への溶解性や液晶配向処理剤の塗布性、液晶配向膜とした場合における液晶の配向性、電圧保持率、蓄積電荷などの特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。 The above-mentioned other diamine compounds are soluble in a solvent of a specific polymer, applicability of a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment properties when used as a liquid crystal alignment film, voltage holding ratio, accumulated charge, etc. One type or a mixture of two or more types can also be used.
<テトラカルボン酸成分>
 本発明の(B)成分である特定重合体を作製するためのテトラカルボン酸成分としては、下記の式[3]で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物やそのテトラカルボン酸誘導体であるテトラカルボン酸、テトラカルボン酸ジハライド化合物、テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル化合物又はテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルジハライド化合物(すべてを総称して特定テトラカルボン酸成分ともいう)を用いることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
<Tetracarboxylic acid component>
As the tetracarboxylic acid component for producing the specific polymer which is the component (B) of the present invention, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [3] or a tetracarboxylic acid which is a tetracarboxylic acid derivative thereof It is preferable to use a tetracarboxylic acid dihalide compound, a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compound or a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compound (all are collectively referred to as a specific tetracarboxylic acid component).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 式[3]中、Zは下記の式[3a]~式[3j]から選ばれる構造の基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
In the formula [3], Z 1 is a group having a structure selected from the following formulas [3a] to [3j].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 式[3a]中、Z~Zは水素原子、メチル基、塩素原子又はベンゼン環を示し、それぞれ同じであっても異なってもよい。
 式[3g]中、Z及びZは水素原子又はメチル基を示し、それぞれ同じであっても異なってもよい。
In the formula [3a], Z 2 to Z 5 represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom or a benzene ring, and may be the same or different.
In the formula [3g], Z 6 and Z 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and may be the same or different.
 上記の特定テトラカルボン酸成分である式[3]に示される構造中、Zは、合成の容易さやポリマーを製造する際の重合反応性のし易さの点から、式[3a]、式[3c]、式[3d]、式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]で示される構造が好ましい。より好ましいのは、式[3a]、式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]で示される構造であり、特に好ましいのは、式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]である。
 特定テトラカルボン酸成分は、全テトラカルボン酸成分中の1モル%以上であることが好ましい。より好ましいのは、5モル%以上であり、特に好ましいのは、10モル%以上である。中でも、15~100モル%がさらに好ましい。
In the structure represented by formula [3], which is the specific tetracarboxylic acid component, Z 1 is represented by formula [3a], A structure represented by [3c], formula [3d], formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g] is preferable. More preferred is a structure represented by formula [3a], formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g], and particularly preferred is formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g]. It is.
The specific tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 1 mol% or more of the total tetracarboxylic acid component. More preferred is 5 mol% or more, and particularly preferred is 10 mol% or more. Among these, 15 to 100 mol% is more preferable.
 また、式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]の構造の特定テトラカルボン酸成分を用いる場合、その使用量は、テトラカルボン酸成分全体の20モル%以上とすることが好ましい。より好ましくは、30モル%以上である。さらに、テトラカルボン酸成分のすべてが、式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]の構造のテトラカルボン酸成分であってもよい。
 特定重合体においては、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、特定テトラカルボン酸成分以外のその他のテトラカルボン酸成分を用いることができる。
 その他のテトラカルボン酸成分としては、以下に示すテトラカルボン酸化合物、テトラカルボン酸二無水物、テトラカルボン酸ジハライド化合物、テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル化合物又はテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルジハライド化合物が挙げられる。
Moreover, when using the specific tetracarboxylic acid component of the structure of Formula [3e], Formula [3f], or Formula [3g], it is preferable that the usage-amount shall be 20 mol% or more of the whole tetracarboxylic acid component. More preferably, it is 30 mol% or more. Further, all of the tetracarboxylic acid component may be a tetracarboxylic acid component having a structure of the formula [3e], the formula [3f], or the formula [3g].
In the specific polymer, other tetracarboxylic acid components other than the specific tetracarboxylic acid component can be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of other tetracarboxylic acid components include the following tetracarboxylic acid compounds, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, tetracarboxylic acid dihalide compounds, tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compounds, and tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compounds.
 すなわち、その他のテトラカルボン酸成分としては、ピロメリット酸、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸、2,3,6,7-アントラセンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,5,6-アントラセンテトラカルボン酸、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸、2,3,3’,4-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エーテル、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ジメチルシラン、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ジフェニルシラン、2,3,4,5-ピリジンテトラカルボン酸、2,6-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ピリジン、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸又は1,3-ジフェニル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸が挙げられる。 That is, other tetracarboxylic acid components include pyromellitic acid, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthalene. Tetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,6,7-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,3 ', 4-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone, bis ( 3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- , 2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) dimethylsilane, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) diphenylsilane, 2,3,4,5-pyridine Tetracarboxylic acid, 2,6-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) pyridine, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic acid, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic acid or 1 , 3-diphenyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid.
 特定テトラカルボン酸成分及びその他のテトラカルボン酸成分は、本発明の特定重合体の溶媒への溶解性や液晶配向処理剤の塗布性、液晶配向膜とした場合における液晶の配向性、電圧保持率、蓄積電荷などの特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。 The specific tetracarboxylic acid component and other tetracarboxylic acid components are the solubility of the specific polymer of the present invention in the solvent, the coating property of the liquid crystal aligning agent, the liquid crystal alignment property, and the voltage holding ratio when used as a liquid crystal alignment film. Depending on the characteristics such as accumulated charge, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds may be used.
<特定重合体の製造方法>
 特定重合体を合成する方法は特に限定されない。通常、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを反応させて得られる。一般的には、テトラカルボン酸及びその誘導体からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種のテトラカルボン酸成分と、1種又は複数種のジアミン化合物からなるジアミン成分とを反応させて、ポリアミド酸を得る。具体的には、以下のような方法がある。
(1)テトラカルボン酸二無水物と1級又は2級のジアミン化合物とを重縮合させてポリアミド酸を得る方法。
(2)テトラカルボン酸と1級又は2級のジアミン化合物とを脱水重縮合反応させてポリアミド酸を得る方法。
(3)テトラカルボン酸ジハライドと1級又は2級のジアミン化合物とを重縮合させてポリアミド酸を得る方法。
<Method for producing specific polymer>
The method for synthesizing the specific polymer is not particularly limited. Usually, it is obtained by reacting a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component. Generally, at least one tetracarboxylic acid component selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic acids and derivatives thereof is reacted with a diamine component consisting of one or more diamine compounds to obtain a polyamic acid. Specifically, there are the following methods.
(1) A method of obtaining polyamic acid by polycondensation of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a primary or secondary diamine compound.
(2) A method in which a polycarboxylic acid is obtained by subjecting a tetracarboxylic acid and a primary or secondary diamine compound to a dehydration polycondensation reaction.
(3) A method for obtaining polyamic acid by polycondensation of a tetracarboxylic acid dihalide and a primary or secondary diamine compound.
 ポリアミド酸アルキルエステルを得るには、カルボン酸基をジアルキルエステル化したテトラカルボン酸と1級又は2級のジアミン化合物とを重縮合させる方法、カルボン酸基をジアルキルエステル化したテトラカルボン酸ジハライドと1級又は2級のジアミン化合物とを重縮合させる方法、又はポリアミド酸のカルボキシル基をエステルに変換する方法が用いられる。
 ポリイミドを得るには、前記のポリアミド酸又はポリアミド酸アルキルエステルを閉環させてポリイミドとする方法が用いられる。
To obtain the polyamic acid alkyl ester, a method of polycondensing a tetracarboxylic acid obtained by dialkyl esterifying a carboxylic acid group with a primary or secondary diamine compound, a tetracarboxylic acid dihalide obtained by dialkyl esterifying a carboxylic acid group and 1 A method of polycondensation with a secondary or secondary diamine compound or a method of converting a carboxyl group of a polyamic acid into an ester is used.
In order to obtain polyimide, a method is used in which the polyamic acid or polyamic acid alkyl ester is cyclized to form polyimide.
 ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分との反応は、通常、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを含む有機溶媒中で行う。その際に用いる有機溶媒としては、生成したポリイミド前駆体が溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。下記に、反応に用いる有機溶媒の具体例を挙げるが、これらの例に限定されるものではない。
 例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン又はγ-ブチロラクトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド又は1,3-ジメチル-イミダゾリジノンが挙げられる。
The reaction between the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component is usually performed in an organic solvent containing the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component. The organic solvent used at that time is not particularly limited as long as the produced polyimide precursor is dissolved. Although the specific example of the organic solvent used for reaction below is given, it is not limited to these examples.
Examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone or γ-butyrolactone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide or 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone. It is done.
 また、ポリイミド前駆体の溶媒溶解性が高い場合は、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン又は下記の式[D-1]~式[D-3]で示される溶媒を用いることができる。 When the solvent solubility of the polyimide precursor is high, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, or the following formulas [D-1] to [D-3] The indicated solvents can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
(Dは炭素数1~3のアルキル基を示し、Dは炭素数1~3のアルキル基を示し、Dは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
(D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and D 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
 これらは単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。さらに、ポリイミド前駆体を溶解させない溶媒であっても、生成したポリイミド前駆体が析出しない範囲で、上記溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。また、有機溶媒中の水分は重合反応を阻害し、さらには生成したポリイミド前駆体を加水分解させる原因となるので、有機溶媒は脱水乾燥させたものを用いることが好ましい。 These may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve a polyimide precursor, you may mix and use the said solvent in the range which the produced | generated polyimide precursor does not precipitate. Moreover, since the water | moisture content in an organic solvent inhibits a polymerization reaction, and also causes the produced polyimide precursor to hydrolyze, it is preferable to use what dehydrated and dried the organic solvent.
 ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを有機溶媒中で反応させる際には、例えば、以下のような方法があるが、いずれの方法を用いても良い。
(1)ジアミン成分を有機溶媒に分散あるいは溶解させた溶液を攪拌させ、テトラカルボン酸成分をそのまま、又は有機溶媒に分散あるいは溶解させて添加する方法。
(2)逆にテトラカルボン酸成分を有機溶媒に分散、あるいは溶解させた溶液にジアミン成分を添加する方法。
(3)ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを交互に添加する方法。
When the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component are reacted in an organic solvent, for example, there are the following methods, and any method may be used.
(1) A method in which a solution in which a diamine component is dispersed or dissolved in an organic solvent is stirred and the tetracarboxylic acid component is added as it is or dispersed or dissolved in an organic solvent.
(2) A method of adding a diamine component to a solution obtained by dispersing or dissolving a tetracarboxylic acid component in an organic solvent.
(3) A method of alternately adding a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component.
 また、ジアミン成分又はテトラカルボン酸成分を、それぞれ複数種用いて反応させる場合は、あらかじめ混合した状態で反応させてもよく、個別に順次反応させてもよく、さらに個別に反応させた低分子量体を混合反応させ重合体としてもよい。その際の重合温度は-20~150℃の任意の温度を選択することができるが、好ましくは-5~100℃の範囲である。また、反応は任意の濃度で行うことができるが、濃度が低すぎると高分子量の重合体を得ることが難しくなり、濃度が高すぎると反応液の粘性が高くなり過ぎて均一な攪拌が困難となる。そのため、好ましくは1~50質量%、より好ましくは5~30質量%である。反応初期は高濃度で行い、その後、有機溶媒を追加することができる。 In addition, when reacting using a plurality of diamine components or tetracarboxylic acid components, they may be reacted in a premixed state, individually or sequentially, or further individually reacted low molecular weight substances. May be mixed and reacted to form a polymer. In this case, the polymerization temperature can be selected from -20 to 150 ° C., but is preferably in the range of −5 to 100 ° C. The reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a high molecular weight polymer, and if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes too high and uniform stirring is difficult. It becomes. Therefore, it is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and then an organic solvent can be added.
 ポリイミド前駆体の重合反応においては、ジアミン成分の合計モル数とテトラカルボン酸成分の合計モル数の比は0.8~1.2であることが好ましい。通常の重縮合反応同様、このモル比が1.0に近いほど生成するポリイミド前駆体の分子量は大きくなる。
 本発明のポリイミドは前記のポリイミド前駆体を閉環させて得られるポリイミドであり、このポリイミドにおいては、アミド酸基の閉環率(イミド化率ともいう)は必ずしも100%である必要はなく、用途や目的に応じて任意に調整することができる。
In the polymerization reaction of the polyimide precursor, the ratio of the total number of moles of the diamine component to the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. Similar to a normal polycondensation reaction, the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor produced increases as the molar ratio approaches 1.0.
The polyimide of the present invention is a polyimide obtained by ring closure of the polyimide precursor, and in this polyimide, the ring closure rate of the amic acid group (also referred to as imidization rate) is not necessarily 100%. It can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
 ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化させる方法としては、ポリイミド前駆体の溶液をそのまま加熱する熱イミド化又はポリイミド前駆体の溶液に触媒を添加する触媒イミド化が挙げられる。
 ポリイミド前駆体を溶液中で熱イミド化させる場合の温度は、100~400℃、好ましくは120~250℃であり、イミド化反応により生成する水を系外に除きながら行う方が好ましい。
Examples of the method for imidizing the polyimide precursor include thermal imidization in which the polyimide precursor solution is heated as it is or catalyst imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyimide precursor solution.
When the polyimide precursor is thermally imidized in a solution, the temperature is 100 to 400 ° C., preferably 120 to 250 ° C., and it is preferable to carry out while removing water generated by the imidization reaction from the system.
 ポリイミド前駆体の触媒イミド化は、ポリイミド前駆体の溶液に、塩基性触媒と酸無水物とを添加し、-20~250℃、好ましくは0~180℃で攪拌することにより行うことができる。塩基性触媒の量はアミド酸基の0.5~30モル倍、好ましくは2~20モル倍であり、酸無水物の量はアミド酸基の1~50モル倍、好ましくは3~30モル倍である。塩基性触媒としてはピリジン、トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、トリオクチルアミンなどを挙げることができ、中でもピリジンは反応を進行させるのに適度な塩基性を持つので好ましい。酸無水物としては、無水酢酸、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸などを挙げることができ、中でも無水酢酸を用いると反応終了後の精製が容易となるので好ましい。触媒イミド化によるイミド化率は、触媒量と反応温度、反応時間を調節することにより制御することができる。 The catalyst imidation of the polyimide precursor can be performed by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to the polyimide precursor solution and stirring at -20 to 250 ° C, preferably 0 to 180 ° C. The amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 mol times, preferably 2 to 20 mol times of the amic acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times, preferably 3 to 30 mol of the amido acid group. Is double. Examples of the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine and the like. Among them, pyridine is preferable because it has an appropriate basicity for proceeding with the reaction. Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and the like. Among them, use of acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated. The imidization rate by catalytic imidation can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.
 ポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミドの反応溶液から、生成したポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミドを回収する場合には、反応溶液を溶媒に投入して沈殿させればよい。沈殿に用いる溶媒としてはメタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、トルエン、ベンゼン、水などを挙げることができる。溶媒に投入して沈殿させたポリマーは濾過して回収した後、常圧あるいは減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱して乾燥することができる。また、沈殿回収した重合体を、有機溶媒に再溶解させ、再沈殿回収する操作を2~10回繰り返すと、重合体中の不純物を少なくすることができる。この際の溶媒として、例えば、アルコール類、ケトン類、炭化水素などが挙げられ、これらの内から選ばれる3種類以上の溶媒を用いると、より一層精製の効率が上がるので好ましい。 When recovering the produced polyimide precursor or polyimide from the polyimide precursor or polyimide reaction solution, the reaction solution may be poured into a solvent and precipitated. Examples of the solvent used for precipitation include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, benzene, and water. The polymer precipitated in the solvent can be collected by filtration, and then dried by normal temperature or reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating. In addition, when the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced. Examples of the solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
 上記の特定重合体の分子量は、そこから得られる液晶配向膜の強度、液晶配向膜形成時の作業性及び塗膜性を考慮した場合、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)法で測定した重量平均分子量で5,000~1,000,000とするのが好ましく、より好ましくは、10,000~150,000である。 The molecular weight of the specific polymer is a weight average molecular weight measured by a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method in consideration of the strength of the liquid crystal alignment film obtained therefrom, workability at the time of forming the liquid crystal alignment film, and coating properties. It is preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10,000 to 150,000.
<液晶配向処理剤>
 本発明の液晶配向処理剤は、液晶配向膜(樹脂被膜ともいう)を形成するための塗布溶液であり、特定化合物、特定重合体及び溶媒を含有する液晶配向膜を形成するための塗布溶液である。
 液晶配向処理剤中の特定化合物の含有量は、特定重合体100質量部に対して、0.1~30質量部である。なかでも、0.5~30質量部が好ましく、特に好ましいのは、1~20質量部である。
<Liquid crystal alignment agent>
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a coating solution for forming a liquid crystal alignment film (also referred to as a resin film), and is a coating solution for forming a liquid crystal alignment film containing a specific compound, a specific polymer and a solvent. is there.
The content of the specific compound in the liquid crystal aligning agent is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific polymer. Of these, 0.5 to 30 parts by mass is preferable, and 1 to 20 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
 液晶配向処理剤中のすべての重合体成分は、すべてが本発明の特定重合体であってもよく、それ以外の他の重合体が混合されていてもよい。その際、それ以外の他の重合体の含有量は、本発明の特定重合体100質量部に対して、0.5~15質量部、好ましくは1~10質量部である。それ以外の他の重合体としては、前記式[2]で示されるジアミン化合物及び特定テトラカルボン酸成分を用いていないポリイミド系重合体が挙げられる。さらには、それ以外の重合体としては、セルロース系重合体、アクリルポリマー、メタクリルポリマー、ポリスチレン、ポリアミド、ポリシロキサンなどが挙げられる。 All the polymer components in the liquid crystal aligning agent may all be the specific polymer of the present invention, or other polymers may be mixed. In that case, the content of the other polymer is 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific polymer of the present invention. Examples of other polymers include polyimide polymers that do not use the diamine compound represented by the formula [2] and the specific tetracarboxylic acid component. Furthermore, examples of other polymers include cellulosic polymers, acrylic polymers, methacrylic polymers, polystyrenes, polyamides, and polysiloxanes.
 液晶配向処理剤中の溶媒は、塗布により均一な液晶配向膜を形成するという観点から、液晶配向処理剤中の溶媒の含有量が70~99.9質量%であることが好ましく、80~99質量%がより好ましい。この含有量は、目的とする液晶配向膜の膜厚によって適宜変更することができる。 The solvent in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 70 to 99.9% by mass of the solvent in the liquid crystal aligning agent from the viewpoint of forming a uniform liquid crystal alignment film by coating. The mass% is more preferable. This content can be appropriately changed depending on the film thickness of the target liquid crystal alignment film.
 液晶配向処理剤に用いる溶媒は、特定化合物及び特定重合体を溶解させる溶媒(良溶媒ともいう)であれば特に限定されない。下記に、良溶媒の具体例を挙げるが、これらの例に限定されるものではない。
 例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、1,3-ジメチル-イミダゾリジノン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンなどである。
The solvent used for the liquid crystal aligning agent is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent (also referred to as a good solvent) that dissolves the specific compound and the specific polymer. Although the specific example of a good solvent is given to the following, it is not limited to these examples.
For example, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, methyl ethyl ketone Cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, and the like.
 なかでも、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、又はγ-ブチロラクトンを用いることが好ましい。さらには、特定化合物及び特定重合体の溶媒への溶解性が高い場合は、前記式[D-1]~式[D-3]で示される溶媒を用いることが好ましい。
 液晶配向処理剤における良溶媒は、液晶配向処理剤に含まれる溶媒全体の10~100質量%であることが好ましい。なかでも、20~90質量%が好ましい。より好ましいのは、30~80質量%である。
Of these, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, or γ-butyrolactone is preferably used. Furthermore, when the solubility of the specific compound and the specific polymer in the solvent is high, it is preferable to use the solvent represented by the formula [D-1] to the formula [D-3].
The good solvent in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 10 to 100% by mass of the total solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. Of these, 20 to 90% by mass is preferable. More preferred is 30 to 80% by mass.
 液晶配向処理剤は、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、液晶配向処理剤を塗布した際の液晶配向膜の塗膜性や表面平滑性を向上させる溶媒(貧溶媒ともいう)を用いることができる。下記に、貧溶媒の具体例を挙げるが、これらの例に限定されるものではない。 As long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, the liquid crystal aligning agent can use a solvent (also referred to as a poor solvent) that improves the coating properties and surface smoothness of the liquid crystal aligning film when the liquid crystal aligning agent is applied. . Although the specific example of a poor solvent is given to the following, it is not limited to these examples.
 例えば、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、イソブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、3-ペンタノール、2-メチル-1-ブタノール、イソペンチルアルコール、tert-ペンチルアルコール、3-メチル-2-ブタノール、ネオペンチルアルコール、1-ヘキサノール、2-メチル-1-ペンタノール、2-メチル-2-ペンタノール、2-エチル-1-ブタノール、1-ヘプタノール、2-ヘプタノール、3-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-オクタノール、2-エチル-1-ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、1-メチルシクロヘキサノール、2-メチルシクロヘキサノール、3-メチルシクロヘキサノール、1,2-エタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、2,3-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、ジプロピルエーテル、ジブチルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、ジオキサン、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、1,2-ブトキシエタン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、2-ヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、3-エトキシブチルアセタート、1-メチルペンチルアセタート、2-エチルブチルアセタート、2-エチルヘキシルアセタート、エチレングリコールモノアセタート、エチレングリコールジアセタート、プロピレンカーボネート、エチレンカーボネート、2-(メトキシメトキシ)エタノール、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノイソアミルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、2-(ヘキシルオキシ)エタノール、フルフリルアルコール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、1-(ブトキシエトキシ)プロパノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセタート、ジプロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセタート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタート、エチレングリコールモノアセタート、エチレングリコールジアセタート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタート、2-(2-エトキシエトキシ)エチルアセタート、ジエチレングリコールアセタート、トリエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、乳酸メチルエステル、乳酸エチルエステル、乳酸n-プロピルエステル、乳酸n-ブチルエステル、乳酸イソアミルエステル、前記式[D-1]~式[D-3]で示される溶媒などを挙げることができる。 For example, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, isopentyl alcohol, tert-pentyl alcohol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, neopentyl alcohol, 1-hexanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-pentanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol, 1-heptanol 2-heptanol, 3-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-octanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, 1-methylcyclohexanol, 2-methylcyclohexanol, 3-methylcyclohexanol, 1,2- Ethane All, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, dipropyl ether, dibutyl ether, dihexyl ether, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, 1 , 2-butoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 2-hexanone, -Heptanone, 4-heptanone, 3-ethoxybutyl acetate, 1-methylpentyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol diacetate, propylene carbonate, ethylene Carbonate, 2- (methoxymethoxy) ethanol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisoamyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, 2- (hexyloxy) ethanol, furfuryl alcohol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, 1 -(Butoxyethoxy) propanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol , Dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol Diacetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 2- (2-ethoxyethoxy) ethyl acetate, diethylene glycol acetate, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, Methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, acetic acid Chill, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, n-propyl lactate, n-butyl lactate, isoamyl lactate, the formula [D-1 ] To a solvent represented by the formula [D-3].
 なかでも、1-ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、1,2-エタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、又は上述した前記式[D-1]~式[D-3]で示される溶媒を用いることが好ましい。
 これらの貧溶媒は、液晶配向処理剤に含まれる溶媒全体の1~70質量%であることが好ましい。なかでも、1~60質量%が好ましい。より好ましいのは5~60質量%である。
Among them, 1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, 1,2-ethanediol, 1,2-propanediol, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, or the above-mentioned formulas [D-1] to [D-3] It is preferable to use a solvent represented by
These poor solvents are preferably 1 to 70% by mass of the whole solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. Among these, 1 to 60% by mass is preferable. More preferred is 5 to 60% by mass.
 液晶配向処理剤には、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、オキセタン基又はシクロカーボネート基を有する化合物、ヒドロキシル基、ヒドロキシアルキル基及び低級アルコキシアルキル基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の置換基を有する化合物、さらには、重合性不飽和結合を有する化合物(総称して架橋性化合物ともいう)を導入することもできる。これら置換基や重合性不飽和結合は、架橋性化合物中に2個以上有する必要がある。 As long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, the liquid crystal aligning agent is at least selected from the group consisting of a compound having an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, an oxetane group or a cyclocarbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group and a lower alkoxyalkyl group. A compound having one kind of substituent, and a compound having a polymerizable unsaturated bond (also collectively referred to as a crosslinkable compound) can be introduced. It is necessary to have two or more of these substituents and polymerizable unsaturated bonds in the crosslinkable compound.
 エポキシ基又はイソシアネート基を有する架橋性化合物としては、例えば、ビスフェノールアセトングリシジルエーテル、フェノールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、トリグリシジルイソシアヌレート、テトラグリシジルアミノジフェニレン、テトラグリシジル-m-キシレンジアミン、テトラグリシジル-1,3-ビス(アミノエチル)シクロヘキサン、テトラフェニルグリシジルエーテルエタン、トリフェニルグリシジルエーテルエタン、ビスフェノールヘキサフルオロアセトジグリシジルエーテル、1,3-ビス(1-(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)-1-トリフルオロメチル-2,2,2-トリフルオロメチル)ベンゼン、4,4-ビス(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)オクタフルオロビフェニル、トリグリシジル-p-アミノフェノール、テトラグリシジルメタキシレンジアミン、2-(4-(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)フェニル)-2-(4-(1,1-ビス(4-(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)フェニル)エチル)フェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(4-(1-(4-(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)フェニル)-1-(4-(1-(4-(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)フェニル)-1-メチルエチル)フェニル)エチル)フェノキシ)-2-プロパノールなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the crosslinkable compound having an epoxy group or an isocyanate group include bisphenolacetone glycidyl ether, phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, triglycidyl isocyanurate, tetraglycidylaminodiphenylene, tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, tetra Glycidyl-1,3-bis (aminoethyl) cyclohexane, tetraphenyl glycidyl ether ethane, triphenyl glycidyl ether ethane, bisphenol hexafluoroacetodiglycidyl ether, 1,3-bis (1- (2,3-epoxypropoxy)- 1-trifluoromethyl-2,2,2-trifluoromethyl) benzene, 4,4-bis (2,3-epoxypropoxy) octafluorobiphenyl Triglycidyl-p-aminophenol, tetraglycidylmetaxylenediamine, 2- (4- (2,3-epoxypropoxy) phenyl) -2- (4- (1,1-bis (4- (2,3-epoxy) Propoxy) phenyl) ethyl) phenyl) propane, 1,3-bis (4- (1- (4- (2,3-epoxypropoxy) phenyl) -1- (4- (1- (4- (2,3 -Epoxypropoxy) phenyl) -1-methylethyl) phenyl) ethyl) phenoxy) -2-propanol and the like.
 オキセタン基を有する架橋性化合物は、下記の式[4]で示すオキセタン基を少なくとも2個有する架橋性化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
The crosslinkable compound having an oxetane group is a crosslinkable compound having at least two oxetane groups represented by the following formula [4].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 具体的には、国際公開公報WO2011/132751(2011.10.27公開)の58頁~59頁に掲載される式[4a]~式[4k]で示される架橋性化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples include crosslinkable compounds represented by the formulas [4a] to [4k] published on pages 58 to 59 of International Publication No. WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.27).
 シクロカーボネート基を有する架橋性化合物としては、下記の式[5]で示されるシクロカーボネート基を少なくとも2個有する架橋性化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
The crosslinkable compound having a cyclocarbonate group is a crosslinkable compound having at least two cyclocarbonate groups represented by the following formula [5].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 具体的には、国際公開公報WO2012/014898(2012.2.2公開)の76頁~82頁に掲載される式[5-1]~式[5-42]で示される架橋性化合物が挙げられる。 Specifically, the crosslinkable compounds represented by the formulas [5-1] to [5-42] described on pages 76 to 82 of International Publication No. WO2012 / 014898 (published on 2012.2.2). It is done.
 ヒドロキシル基及びアルコキシル基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の置換基を有する架橋性化合物としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基又はアルコキシル基を有するアミノ樹脂、例えば、メラミン樹脂、尿素樹脂、グアナミン樹脂、グリコールウリル-ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、スクシニルアミド-ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、エチレン尿素-ホルムアルデヒド樹脂などが挙げられる。具体的には、アミノ基の水素原子がメチロール基若しくはアルコキシメチル基又はその両方で置換されたメラミン誘導体、ベンゾグアナミン誘導体、又はグリコールウリルを用いることができる。このメラミン誘導体又はベンゾグアナミン誘導体は、2量体又は3量体として存在することも可能である。これらはトリアジン環1個当たり、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基を平均3個以上6個以下有するものが好ましい。 Examples of the crosslinkable compound having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and an alkoxyl group include an amino resin having a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, such as a melamine resin, a urea resin, a guanamine resin, and a glycoluril. -Formaldehyde resin, succinylamide-formaldehyde resin, ethyleneurea-formaldehyde resin and the like. Specifically, a melamine derivative, a benzoguanamine derivative, or glycoluril in which a hydrogen atom of an amino group is substituted with a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, or both can be used. The melamine derivative or benzoguanamine derivative can exist as a dimer or a trimer. These preferably have an average of 3 to 6 methylol groups or alkoxymethyl groups per triazine ring.
 このようなメラミン誘導体又はベンゾグアナミン誘導体の例としては、市販品のトリアジン環1個当たりメトキシメチル基が平均3.7個置換されているMX-750、トリアジン環1個当たりメトキシメチル基が平均5.8個置換されているMW-30(以上、三和ケミカル社製)やサイメル300、301、303、350、370、771、325、327、703、712などのメトキシメチル化メラミン、サイメル235、236、238、212、253、254などのメトキシメチル化ブトキシメチル化メラミン、サイメル506、508などのブトキシメチル化メラミン、サイメル1141のようなカルボキシル基含有メトキシメチル化イソブトキシメチル化メラミン、サイメル1123のようなメトキシメチル化エトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、サイメル1123-10のようなメトキシメチル化ブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、サイメル1128のようなブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、サイメル1125-80のようなカルボキシル基含有メトキシメチル化エトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン(以上、三井サイアナミド社製)が挙げられる。また、グリコールウリルの例として、サイメル1170のようなブトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、サイメル1172のようなメチロール化グリコールウリル等、パウダーリンク1174のようなメトキシメチロール化グリコールウリル等が挙げられる。 Examples of such melamine derivatives or benzoguanamine derivatives include MX-750, which has an average of 3.7 substituted methoxymethyl groups per triazine ring, and an average of 5. methoxymethyl groups per triazine ring. Eight-substituted MW-30 (Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) and Cymel 300, 301, 303, 350, 370, 771, 325, 327, 703, 712 and other methoxymethylated melamines, Cymel 235, 236 Methoxymethylated butoxymethylated melamine such as 238, 212, 253, 254, butoxymethylated melamine such as Cymel 506, 508, carboxyl group-containing methoxymethylated isobutoxymethylated melamine such as Cymel 1141, Cymel 1123 and the like Methoxymethylated etoxy Methylated benzoguanamine, methoxymethylated butoxymethylated benzoguanamine such as Cymel 1123-10, butoxymethylated benzoguanamine such as Cymel 1128, carboxyl group-containing methoxymethylated ethoxymethylated benzoguanamine such as Cymel 1125-80 Cyanamide). Examples of glycoluril include butoxymethylated glycoluril such as Cymel 1170, methylolated glycoluril such as Cymel 1172, and methoxymethylolated glycoluril such as Powderlink 1174.
 ヒドロキシル基又はアルコキシル基を有するベンゼン、又はフェノール性化合物としては、例えば、1,3,5-トリス(メトキシメチル)ベンゼン、1,2,4-トリス(イソプロポキシメチル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(sec-ブトキシメチル)ベンゼン、2,6-ジヒドロキシメチル-p-tert-ブチルフェノール等が挙げられる。 Examples of benzene having a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, or phenolic compounds include 1,3,5-tris (methoxymethyl) benzene, 1,2,4-tris (isopropoxymethyl) benzene, and 1,4-bis. (Sec-butoxymethyl) benzene, 2,6-dihydroxymethyl-p-tert-butylphenol and the like.
 より具体的には、国際公開公報WO2011/132751(2011.10.27公開)の62頁~66頁に掲載される、式[6-1]~式[6-48]で示される架橋性化合物が挙げられる。 More specifically, the crosslinkable compounds represented by the formulas [6-1] to [6-48] described on pages 62 to 66 of International Publication No. WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.27). Is mentioned.
 重合性不飽和結合を有する架橋性化合物としては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、トリ(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシトリメチロールプロパン、グリセリンポリグリシジルエーテルポリ(メタ)アクリレート等の重合性不飽和基を分子内に3個有する架橋性化合物;エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイドビスフェノールA型ジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイドビスフェノール型ジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-へキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、フタル酸ジグリシジルエステルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシピバリン酸ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートなどの重合性不飽和基を分子内に2個有する架橋性化合物;2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-フェノキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロピルフタレート、3-クロロ-2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンモノ(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルリン酸エステル又はN-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド等の重合性不飽和基を分子内に1個有する架橋性化合物;などが挙げられる。 Examples of the crosslinkable compound having a polymerizable unsaturated bond include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, and tri (meth) acryloyloxyethoxytrimethylol. Crosslinkable compounds having three polymerizable unsaturated groups in the molecule such as propane and glycerin polyglycidyl ether poly (meth) acrylate; ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di (meth) ) Acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, butylene glycol di (me ) Acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide bisphenol A type di (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide bisphenol type di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, glycerin di (meth) ) Acrylate, pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, diglycidyl ester phthalate di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol dihydroxypivalate Crosslinkable compounds having two polymerizable unsaturated groups in the molecule such as (meth) acrylate; 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypro (Meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate, 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl Crosslinkable compounds having one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule such as (meth) acrylate, glycerin mono (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl phosphate ester or N-methylol (meth) acrylamide; Is mentioned.
 加えて、下記の式[7]で示される化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 (Eはシクロヘキサン環、ビシクロヘキサン環、ベンゼン環、ビフェニル環、ターフェニル環、ナフタレン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環及びフェナントレン環からなる群から選ばれる基を示し、Eは下記の式[7a]及び式[7b]から選ばれる基を示し、nは1~4の整数を示す。)
In addition, a compound represented by the following formula [7] can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(E 1 represents a group selected from the group consisting of a cyclohexane ring, a bicyclohexane ring, a benzene ring, a biphenyl ring, a terphenyl ring, a naphthalene ring, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring and a phenanthrene ring, and E 2 represents the following formula [7a And a group selected from the formula [7b], n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 上記化合物は架橋性化合物の一例であり、これらに限定されるものではない。また、本発明の液晶配向処理剤に用いる架橋性化合物は、1種類であってもよく、2種類以上組み合わせてもよい。 The above compound is an example of a crosslinkable compound and is not limited thereto. Moreover, the crosslinkable compound used for the liquid-crystal aligning agent of this invention may be 1 type, and may be combined 2 or more types.
 液晶配向処理剤中の架橋性化合物の含有量は、すべての重合体成分100質量部に対して、0.1~150質量部であることが好ましい。架橋反応が進行し目的の効果を発現させるためには、すべての重合体成分100質量部に対して0.1~100質量部がより好ましく、特に、1~50質量部が最も好ましい。 The content of the crosslinkable compound in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 0.1 to 150 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components. In order for the crosslinking reaction to proceed and to achieve the desired effect, the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by weight, and most preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of all polymer components.
 液晶配向処理剤は、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、液晶配向処理剤を塗布した際の液晶配向膜の膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物を用いることができる。 As the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, a compound that improves the uniformity of the film thickness and surface smoothness of the liquid crystal alignment film when the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is applied can be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
 液晶配向膜の膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤、ノ二オン系界面活性剤などが挙げられる。 Examples of compounds that improve the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness of the liquid crystal alignment film include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants.
 より具体的には、例えば、エフトップEF301、EF303、EF352(以上、トーケムプロダクツ社製)、メガファックF171、F173、R-30(以上、大日本インキ社製)、フロラードFC430、FC431(以上、住友スリーエム社製)、アサヒガードAG710、サーフロンS-382、SC101、SC102、SC103、SC104、SC105、SC106(以上、旭硝子社製)などが挙げられる。これらの界面活性剤の使用割合は、液晶配向処理剤に含有されるすべての重合体成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01~2質量部、より好ましくは0.01~1質量部である。 More specifically, for example, F-top EF301, EF303, EF352 (above, manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFuck F171, F173, R-30 (above, manufactured by Dainippon Ink), Florard FC430, FC431 (or more) And Asahi Guard AG710, Surflon S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.). The use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. It is.
 さらに、液晶配向処理剤には、液晶配向膜中の電荷移動を促進して素子の電荷抜けを促進させる化合物として、国際公開公報WO2011/132751(2011.10.27公開)の69頁~73頁に掲載される、式[M1]~式[M156]で示される窒素含有複素環アミン化合物を添加することもできる。このアミン化合物は、液晶配向処理剤に直接添加しても構わないが、適当な溶媒で濃度0.1~10質量%、好ましくは1~7質量%の溶液にしてから添加することが好ましい。用いる溶媒としては、上述した特定重合体を溶解させる有機溶媒であれば特に限定されない。 Furthermore, the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is a compound that promotes charge transfer in the liquid crystal alignment film and promotes charge release of the device, and is disclosed in International Patent Publication WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.27), pages 69-73. It is also possible to add nitrogen-containing heterocyclic amine compounds represented by the formulas [M1] to [M156] described in This amine compound may be added directly to the liquid crystal aligning agent, but it is preferably added after a solution having a concentration of 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 1 to 7% by mass with an appropriate solvent. The solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent capable of dissolving the above-described specific polymer.
 液晶配向処理剤には、上記の貧溶媒、架橋性化合物、樹脂被膜又は液晶配向膜の膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物、及び電荷抜けを促進させる化合物の他に、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲であれば、液晶配向膜の誘電率や導電性などの電気特性を変化させる目的の誘電体や導電物質を添加してもよい。
<液晶配向膜・液晶表示素子>
 本発明の液晶配向処理剤は、基板上に塗布、焼成した後、ラビング処理や光照射などで配向処理をして、液晶配向膜として用いることができる。また、垂直配向用途などの場合では配向処理なしでも液晶配向膜として用いることができる。この際に用いる基板としては、透明性の高い基板であれば特に限定されず、ガラス基板の他、アクリル基板、ポリカーボネート基板などのプラスチック基板なども用いることができる。プロセスの簡素化の観点からは、液晶駆動のためのITO電極などが形成された基板を用いることが好ましい。また、反射型の液晶表示素子では、片側の基板のみにならばシリコンウェハなどの不透明な基板も使用でき、この場合の電極としてはアルミなどの光を反射する材料も使用できる。
In addition to the poor solvent, the crosslinkable compound, the resin film or the liquid crystal alignment film, the compound that improves the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness, and the compound that promotes charge removal, As long as the effect is not impaired, a dielectric material or conductive material for changing the electrical characteristics such as the dielectric constant or conductivity of the liquid crystal alignment film may be added.
<Liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element>
The liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention can be used as a liquid crystal alignment film after being applied and baked on a substrate and then subjected to alignment treatment by rubbing treatment or light irradiation. In the case of vertical alignment, etc., it can be used as a liquid crystal alignment film without alignment treatment. The substrate used in this case is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate. In addition to a glass substrate, a plastic substrate such as an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate can also be used. From the viewpoint of simplification of the process, it is preferable to use a substrate on which an ITO electrode for driving a liquid crystal is formed. In the reflective liquid crystal display element, an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer can be used if only one substrate is used, and a material that reflects light such as aluminum can be used as an electrode in this case.
 液晶配向処理剤の塗布方法は、特に限定されないが、工業的には、スクリーン印刷、オフセット印刷、フレキソ印刷、インクジェット法などが一般的である。その他の塗布方法としては、ディップ法、ロールコータ法、スリットコータ法、スピンナー法、スプレー法などがあり、目的に応じてこれらを用いてもよい。 The method for applying the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is not particularly limited, but industrially, screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, inkjet method, and the like are common. Other coating methods include a dipping method, a roll coater method, a slit coater method, a spinner method, and a spray method, and these may be used depending on the purpose.
 液晶配向処理剤を基板上に塗布した後は、ホットプレート、熱循環型オーブン、IR(赤外線)型オーブンなどの加熱手段により、液晶配向処理剤に用いる溶媒に応じて、30~300℃、好ましくは30~250℃の温度で溶媒を蒸発させて液晶配向膜とすることができる。焼成後の液晶配向膜の厚みは、厚すぎると液晶表示素子の消費電力の面で不利となり、薄すぎると液晶表示素子の信頼性が低下する場合があるので、好ましくは5~300nm、より好ましくは10~100nmである。液晶を水平配向や傾斜配向させる場合は、焼成後の液晶配向膜をラビング、偏光紫外線照射などで処理する。 After applying the liquid crystal aligning agent on the substrate, it is preferably 30 to 300 ° C., depending on the solvent used for the liquid crystal aligning agent, by a heating means such as a hot plate, a thermal circulation oven, or an IR (infrared) oven. The liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained by evaporating the solvent at a temperature of 30 to 250 ° C. If the thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film after baking is too thick, it is disadvantageous in terms of power consumption of the liquid crystal display element, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element may be lowered. Is 10 to 100 nm. When the liquid crystal is horizontally aligned or tilted, the fired liquid crystal alignment film is treated by rubbing, polarized ultraviolet irradiation, or the like.
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、上記した手法により、本発明の液晶配向処理剤から液晶配向膜付き基板を得た後、公知の方法で液晶セルを作製して液晶表示素子としたものである。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a liquid crystal display element obtained by obtaining a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention by the above-described method and then preparing a liquid crystal cell by a known method.
 液晶セルの作製方法としては、液晶配向膜の形成された一対の基板を用意し、片方の基板の液晶配向膜上にスペーサーを散布し、液晶配向膜面が内側になるようにして、もう片方の基板を貼り合わせ、液晶を減圧注入して封止する方法、又はスペーサーを散布した液晶配向膜面に液晶を滴下した後に基板を貼り合わせて封止を行う方法などが例示できる。 As a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell, prepare a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed, spray spacers on the liquid crystal alignment film on one substrate, and place the liquid crystal alignment film surface on the other side. And a method of sealing the substrate by injecting liquid crystal under reduced pressure, or a method of sealing the substrate by bonding the liquid crystal after dropping the liquid crystal on the liquid crystal alignment film surface on which spacers are dispersed.
 さらに、本発明の液晶配向処理剤は、電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有してなり、一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性化合物を含む液晶組成物を配置し、電極間に電圧を印加しつつ、活性エネルギー線の照射及び加熱の少なくとも一方により重合性化合物を重合させて製造される液晶表示素子にも好ましく用いられる。ここで、活性エネルギー線としては、紫外線が好適である。紫外線としては、波長が300~400nm、好ましくは310~360nmである。加熱による重合の場合、加熱温度は40~120℃、好ましくは60~80℃である。また、紫外線と加熱を同時に行ってもよい。 Furthermore, the liquid-crystal aligning agent of this invention has a liquid-crystal layer between a pair of board | substrates provided with the electrode, The polymeric compound superposed | polymerized by at least one of an active energy ray and a heat | fever between a pair of board | substrates. The liquid crystal composition is also preferably used for a liquid crystal display device produced by polymerizing a polymerizable compound by at least one of irradiation with active energy rays and heating while applying a voltage between electrodes. Here, ultraviolet rays are suitable as the active energy ray. The wavelength of ultraviolet rays is 300 to 400 nm, preferably 310 to 360 nm. In the case of polymerization by heating, the heating temperature is 40 to 120 ° C, preferably 60 to 80 ° C. Moreover, you may perform an ultraviolet-ray and a heating simultaneously.
 上記の液晶表示素子は、PSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)方式により、液晶分子のプレチルト角を制御するものである。PSA方式では、液晶材料中に少量の光重合性化合物、例えば光重合性モノマーを混入しておき、液晶セルを組み立てた後、液晶層に所定の電圧を印加した状態で光重合性化合物に紫外線などを照射し、生成した重合体によって液晶分子のプレチルト角を制御する。すなわち、重合体が生成するときの液晶分子の配向状態が電圧を取り去った後においても記憶されるので、液晶層に形成される電界などを制御することにより、液晶分子のプレチルト角を調整することができる。また、PSA方式では、ラビング処理を必要としないので、ラビング処理によってプレチルト角を制御することが難しい垂直配向型の液晶層の形成に適している。 The above-mentioned liquid crystal display element controls the pretilt angle of liquid crystal molecules by a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) method. In the PSA method, a small amount of a photopolymerizable compound, for example, a photopolymerizable monomer is mixed in a liquid crystal material, and after assembling a liquid crystal cell, a predetermined voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer and an ultraviolet ray is applied to the photopolymerizable compound. The pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules is controlled by the produced polymer. That is, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules when the polymer is formed is memorized even after the voltage is removed, so the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules can be adjusted by controlling the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer. Can do. The PSA method does not require a rubbing process and is suitable for forming a vertical alignment type liquid crystal layer in which it is difficult to control the pretilt angle by the rubbing process.
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、上記した手法により、液晶配向処理剤から液晶配向膜付き基板を得た後、液晶セルを作製し、紫外線の照射及び加熱の少なくとも一方により重合性化合物を重合することで、液晶分子の配向を制御することができる。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is obtained by obtaining a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film from a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent by the above-described method, then preparing a liquid crystal cell, and polymerizing a polymerizable compound by at least one of ultraviolet irradiation and heating. Thus, the orientation of the liquid crystal molecules can be controlled.
 PSA方式の液晶セル作製の一例を挙げるならば、液晶配向膜の形成された一対の基板を用意し、片方の基板の液晶配向膜上にスペーサーを散布し、液晶配向膜面が内側になるようにして、もう片方の基板を貼り合わせ、液晶を減圧注入して封止する方法、スペーサーを散布した液晶配向膜面に液晶を滴下した後に基板を貼り合わせて封止を行う方法などが挙げられる。 To give an example of manufacturing a PSA type liquid crystal cell, a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, spacers are dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface is on the inside. Then, the other substrate is bonded, the liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure and sealed, and the liquid crystal is dropped on the liquid crystal alignment film surface on which the spacers are dispersed, and then the substrate is bonded and sealed. .
 液晶には、熱や紫外線照射により重合する重合性化合物が混合される。重合性化合物としては、アクリレート基、メタクリレート基等の重合性不飽和基を分子内に1個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。その際、重合性化合物は、液晶成分の100質量部に対して0.01~10質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~5質量部である。重合性化合物が0.01質量部未満であると、重合性化合物が重合せずに液晶の配向制御できなくなり、10質量部よりも多くなると、未反応の重合性化合物が多くなって液晶表示素子の焼き付き特性が低下する。 In the liquid crystal, a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by heat or ultraviolet irradiation is mixed. Examples of the polymerizable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable unsaturated group such as an acrylate group or a methacrylate group in the molecule. In that case, the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal component. When the polymerizable compound is less than 0.01 part by mass, the polymerizable compound is not polymerized and the orientation of the liquid crystal cannot be controlled, and when it exceeds 10 parts by mass, the amount of the unreacted polymerizable compound increases and the liquid crystal display element. The seizure characteristics of the steel deteriorate.
 液晶セルを作製した後は、液晶セルに交流又は直流の電圧を印加しながら、熱や紫外線を照射して重合性化合物を重合する。これにより、液晶分子の配向を制御することができる。 After producing the liquid crystal cell, the polymerizable compound is polymerized by irradiating with heat or ultraviolet rays while applying an AC or DC voltage to the liquid crystal cell. Thereby, the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules can be controlled.
 さらに、本発明の液晶配向処理剤は、電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有してなり、前記一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性基を含む液晶配向膜を配置し、電極間に電圧を印加する工程を経て製造される液晶表示素子にも好ましく用いられる。ここで、活性エネルギー線としては、紫外線が好適である。紫外線としては、波長が300~400nm、好ましくは310~360nmである。加熱による重合の場合、加熱温度は40~120℃、好ましくは60~80℃である。また、紫外線と加熱を同時に行ってもよい。 Furthermore, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes, and a polymerizable group that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat between the pair of substrates. The liquid crystal display element manufactured through the process of arrange | positioning the liquid crystal aligning film containing this, and applying a voltage between electrodes is used preferably. Here, ultraviolet rays are suitable as the active energy ray. The wavelength of ultraviolet rays is 300 to 400 nm, preferably 310 to 360 nm. In the case of polymerization by heating, the heating temperature is 40 to 120 ° C, preferably 60 to 80 ° C. Moreover, you may perform an ultraviolet-ray and a heating simultaneously.
 活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方より重合する重合性基を含む液晶配向膜を得るためには、この重合性基を含む化合物を液晶配向処理剤中に添加する方法や、重合性基を含む重合体成分を用いる方法が挙げられる。
 本発明の液晶配向処理剤は、熱や紫外線の照射により、反応する2重結合部位持つ特定化合物を含んでいるため、紫外線の照射及び加熱の少なくとも一方により液晶分子の配向を制御することができる。
In order to obtain a liquid crystal alignment film containing a polymerizable group that is polymerized from at least one of active energy rays and heat, a method of adding a compound containing this polymerizable group to the liquid crystal aligning agent, A method using a coalescing component may be mentioned.
Since the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention contains a specific compound having a double bond site that reacts by irradiation with heat or ultraviolet rays, the alignment of liquid crystal molecules can be controlled by at least one of ultraviolet irradiation and heating. .
 かかる重合性基を含む液晶配向膜を有する液晶セルの作製、及び液晶セル作製後の液晶分子の配向の制御は、前記したPSA方式の液晶セルと同様の方法を用いられる。 For the production of a liquid crystal cell having a liquid crystal alignment film containing such a polymerizable group and the control of the alignment of liquid crystal molecules after the production of the liquid crystal cell, the same method as that of the above-mentioned PSA type liquid crystal cell is used.
 本発明の液晶配向処理剤を用いて作製された液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子は、信頼性に優れたものとなり、大画面で高精細の液晶テレビなどに好適に利用できる。 A liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film produced using the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention has excellent reliability and can be suitably used for a large-screen high-definition liquid crystal television.
 以下に実施例を挙げ、本発明をさらに詳しく説明するが、これらに限定して解釈されるものではない。
「合成例、実施例及び比較例で用いる化合物の略号」
The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to the following examples, but should not be construed as being limited thereto.
"Abbreviations of compounds used in Synthesis Examples, Examples and Comparative Examples"
<特定化合物>
 P1:下記の式[P1]で示される化合物
 P2:下記の式[P2]で示される化合物
 P3:下記の式[P3]で示される化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
<Specific compounds>
P1: Compound represented by the following formula [P1] P2: Compound represented by the following formula [P2] P3: Compound represented by the following formula [P3]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
<ポリイミド系重合体(特定重合体)を作製するためのモノマー>
(特定ジアミン化合物)
 A1:3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸
 A2:下記の式[A2]で示されるジアミン化合物
 A3:1,3-ジアミノ-4-オクタデシルオキシベンゼン
 A4:1,3-ジアミノ-4-〔4-(トランス-4-n-ヘプチルシクロへキシル)フェノキシ〕ベンゼン
 A5:1,3-ジアミノ-4-〔4-(トランス-4-n-ヘプチルシクロへキシル)フェノキシメチル〕ベンゼン
 A6:1,3-ジアミノ-4-{4-〔トランス-4-(トランス-4-n-ペンチルシクロへキシル)シクロへキシル〕フェノキシ}ベンゼン
 A7:下記の式[A7]で示されるジアミン化合物
<Monomer for producing polyimide polymer (specific polymer)>
(Specific diamine compound)
A1: 3,5-Diaminobenzoic acid A2: Diamine compound represented by the following formula [A2] A3: 1,3-diamino-4-octadecyloxybenzene A4: 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (trans -4-n-heptylcyclohexyl) phenoxy] benzene A5: 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (trans-4-n-heptylcyclohexyl) phenoxymethyl] benzene A6: 1,3-diamino- 4- {4- [trans-4- (trans-4-n-pentylcyclohexyl) cyclohexyl] phenoxy} benzene A7: diamine compound represented by the following formula [A7]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
(その他ジアミン化合物)
 B1:p-フェニレンジアミン
 B2:m-フェニレンジアミン
(Other diamine compounds)
B1: p-phenylenediamine B2: m-phenylenediamine
(特定テトラカルボン酸成分)
 C1:1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物
 C2:ビシクロ[3,3,0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸二無水物
 C3:下記の式[C3]で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物
 C4:下記の式[C4]で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物
(Specific tetracarboxylic acid component)
C1: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride C2: bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride C3: the following formula [C3 ] C4: tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [C4]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
<溶媒>
 NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
 NEP:N-エチル-2-ピロリドン
 γ-BL:γ-ブチロラクトン
 ECS:エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル
 EC:ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル
 BCS:エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル
 PB:プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル
<Solvent>
NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone NEP: N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone γ-BL: γ-butyrolactone ECS: ethylene glycol monoethyl ether EC: diethylene glycol monoethyl ether BCS: ethylene glycol monobutyl ether PB: propylene glycol monobutyl ether
「ポリイミド系重合体の分子量の測定方法」
 ポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドの分子量は、常温ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)装置(GPC-101)(昭和電工社製)、カラム(KD-803,KD-805)(Shodex社製)を用いて、以下のようにして測定した。
 カラム温度:50℃
 溶離液:N,N’-ジメチルホルムアミド(添加剤として、臭化リチウム-水和物(LiBr・HO)が30mmol/L(リットル)、リン酸・無水結晶(o-リン酸)が30mmol/L、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)が10ml/L)
 流速:1.0ml/分
 検量線作成用標準サンプル:TSK 標準ポリエチレンオキサイド(分子量;約900,000、150,000、100,000及び30,000)(東ソー社製)及びポリエチレングリコール(分子量;約12,000、4,000及び1,000)(ポリマーラボラトリー社製)。
"Measurement method of molecular weight of polyimide polymer"
The molecular weight of the polyimide precursor and polyimide is as follows using a normal temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) apparatus (GPC-101) (manufactured by Showa Denko KK) and a column (KD-803, KD-805) (manufactured by Shodex). It measured as follows.
Column temperature: 50 ° C
Eluent: N, N′-dimethylformamide (as additive, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr · H 2 O) 30 mmol / L (liter), phosphoric acid / anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) 30 mmol) / L, 10 ml / L of tetrahydrofuran (THF))
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min Standard sample for preparing a calibration curve: TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight; about 900,000, 150,000, 100,000 and 30,000) (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and polyethylene glycol (molecular weight; about 12,000, 4,000 and 1,000) (manufactured by Polymer Laboratory).
「ポリイミドのイミド化率の測定方法」
 ポリイミド粉末20mgをNMR(核磁気共鳴)サンプル管(NMRサンプリングチューブスタンダード,φ5(草野科学社製))に入れ、重水素化ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO-d6,0.05質量%TMS(テトラメチルシラン)混合品)(0.53ml)を添加し、超音波をかけて完全に溶解させた。この溶液をNMR測定機(JNW-ECA500)(日本電子データム社製)にて500MHzのプロトンNMRを測定した。イミド化率は、イミド化前後で変化しない構造に由来するプロトンを基準プロトンとして決め、このプロトンのピーク積算値と、9.5~10.0ppm付近に現れるアミド酸のNH基に由来するプロトンピーク積算値とを用い以下の式によって求めた。
 イミド化率(%)=(1-α・x/y)×100
 上記式において、xはアミド酸のNH基由来のプロトンピーク積算値、yは基準プロトンのピーク積算値、αはポリアミド酸(イミド化率が0%)の場合におけるアミド酸のNH基プロトン1個に対する基準プロトンの個数割合である。
"Measurement method of imidization rate of polyimide"
20 mg of polyimide powder was put into an NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) sample tube (NMR sampling tube standard, φ5 (manufactured by Kusano Kagaku)), and deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d6, 0.05 mass% TMS (tetramethylsilane)). (Mixed product) (0.53 ml) was added and completely dissolved by applying ultrasonic waves. This solution was measured for proton NMR at 500 MHz with an NMR measuring instrument (JNW-ECA500) (manufactured by JEOL Datum). The imidation rate is determined based on protons derived from structures that do not change before and after imidation as reference protons, and the peak integrated value of these protons and proton peaks derived from NH groups of amic acid appearing in the vicinity of 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. Using the integrated value, the following formula was used.
Imidization rate (%) = (1−α · x / y) × 100
In the above formula, x is a proton peak integrated value derived from NH group of amic acid, y is a peak integrated value of reference proton, α is one NH group proton of amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidation rate is 0%) Is the number ratio of the reference proton to.
<合成例1>
 C1(3.45g,17.6mmol)、A2(0.73g,3.57mmol)及びB1(1.54g,14.3mmol)をNMP(17.2g)中で混合し、40℃で8時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(1)を得た。このポリアミド酸の数平均分子量は、26,600、重量平均分子量は、85,200であった。
<Synthesis Example 1>
C1 (3.45 g, 17.6 mmol), A2 (0.73 g, 3.57 mmol) and B1 (1.54 g, 14.3 mmol) were mixed in NMP (17.2 g) and reacted at 40 ° C. for 8 hours. To obtain a polyamic acid solution (1) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass. The number average molecular weight of this polyamic acid was 26,600, and the weight average molecular weight was 85,200.
<合成例2>
 C2(3.83g,15.3mmol)、A2(0.93g,4.59mmol)及びB2(2.81g,26.0mmol)をNEP(21.0g)中で混合し、50℃で2時間反応させた。その後、C1(2.91g,14.8mmol)とNEP(10.5g)を加え、40℃で6時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(2)を得た。このポリアミド酸の数平均分子量は、24,500、重量平均分子量は、71,100であった。
<Synthesis Example 2>
C2 (3.83 g, 15.3 mmol), A2 (0.93 g, 4.59 mmol) and B2 (2.81 g, 26.0 mmol) were mixed in NEP (21.0 g) and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours. I let you. Thereafter, C1 (2.91 g, 14.8 mmol) and NEP (10.5 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (2) having a resin solid content concentration of 25 mass%. The number average molecular weight of this polyamic acid was 24,500, and the weight average molecular weight was 71,100.
<合成例3>
 合成例2で得られたポリアミド酸溶液(2)(30.0g)に、NEPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(3.95g)及びピリジン(2.45g)を加え、70℃で3時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(3)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は70%であり、数平均分子量は22,100、重量平均分子量は60,100であった。
<Synthesis Example 3>
After adding NEP to the polyamic acid solution (2) (30.0 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 2 and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (3.95 g) and pyridine (2.45 g) were used as imidization catalysts. In addition, the mixture was reacted at 70 ° C. for 3 hours. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (3). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 70%, the number average molecular weight was 22,100, and the weight average molecular weight was 60,100.
<合成例4>
 C2(4.47g,17.9mmol)、A1(1.95g,12.8mmol)及びA4(4.85g,12.8mmol)をNEP(25.4g)中で混合し、80℃で5時間反応させた。その後、C1(1.43g,7.30mmol)とNEP(12.7g)を加え、40℃で8時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(4)を得た。このポリアミド酸の数平均分子量は、23,500、重量平均分子量は、68,600であった。
<Synthesis Example 4>
C2 (4.47 g, 17.9 mmol), A1 (1.95 g, 12.8 mmol) and A4 (4.85 g, 12.8 mmol) were mixed in NEP (25.4 g) and reacted at 80 ° C. for 5 hours. I let you. Thereafter, C1 (1.43 g, 7.30 mmol) and NEP (12.7 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 8 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (4) having a resin solid content concentration of 25 mass%. The number average molecular weight of this polyamic acid was 23,500, and the weight average molecular weight was 68,600.
<合成例5>
 合成例4で得られたポリアミド酸溶液(4)(30.2g)に、NEPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(3.80g)及びピリジン(2.40g)を加え、70℃で2時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(5)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は61%であり、数平均分子量は19,900、重量平均分子量は57,100であった。
<Synthesis Example 5>
After adding NEP to the polyamic acid solution (4) (30.2 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 4 and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (3.80 g) and pyridine (2.40 g) were used as imidization catalysts. In addition, the mixture was reacted at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (5). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 61%, the number average molecular weight was 19,900, and the weight average molecular weight was 57,100.
<合成例6>
 C2(5.10g,20.4mmol)、A1(1.94g,12.8mmol)、A2(0.52g,2.55mmol)及びA5(4.02g,10.2mmol)をNMP(25.0g)中で混合し、80℃で5時間反応させた。その後、C1(0.93g,4.80mmol)とNMP(12.5g)を加え、40℃で6時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
 得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)に、NMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(4.54g)及びピリジン(3.33g)を加え、80℃で3.5時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(6)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は85%であり、数平均分子量は16,800、重量平均分子量は50,100であった。
<Synthesis Example 6>
C2 (5.10 g, 20.4 mmol), A1 (1.94 g, 12.8 mmol), A2 (0.52 g, 2.55 mmol) and A5 (4.02 g, 10.2 mmol) with NMP (25.0 g) And mixed at 80 ° C. for 5 hours. Thereafter, C1 (0.93 g, 4.80 mmol) and NMP (12.5 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25 mass%.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (4.54 g) and pyridine (3.33 g) were added as an imidization catalyst, and 3. The reaction was allowed for 5 hours. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (6). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 85%, the number average molecular weight was 16,800, and the weight average molecular weight was 50,100.
<合成例7>
 C2(2.42g,9.69mmol)、A1(2.58g,17.0mmol)及びA6(3.14g,7.27mmol)をNEP(21.9g)中で混合し、80℃で5時間反応させた後、C1(2.79g,14.2mmol)とNEP(10.9g)を加え、40℃で6時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
 得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)に、NEPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(4.40g)及びピリジン(3.25g)を加え、80℃で3時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(7)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は81%であり、数平均分子量は17,400、重量平均分子量は52,800であった。
<Synthesis Example 7>
C2 (2.42 g, 9.69 mmol), A1 (2.58 g, 17.0 mmol) and A6 (3.14 g, 7.27 mmol) were mixed in NEP (21.9 g) and reacted at 80 ° C. for 5 hours. Then, C1 (2.79 g, 14.2 mmol) and NEP (10.9 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25 mass%.
To the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g), NEP was added and diluted to 6% by mass, and then acetic anhydride (4.40 g) and pyridine (3.25 g) were added as an imidization catalyst, and the mixture was heated at 80 ° C. for 3 hours. Reacted. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (7). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 81%, the number average molecular weight was 17,400, and the weight average molecular weight was 52,800.
<合成例8>
 C2(4.32g,17.3mmol)、A1(3.00g,19.7mmol)及びA7(2.43g,4.93mmol)をNMP(22.2g)中で混合し、80℃で5時間反応させた。その後、C1(1.37g,7.00mmol)とNMP(11.1g)を加え、40℃で6時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
 得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.5g)に、NMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(3.90g)及びピリジン(2.55g)を加え、60℃で3時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(8)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は53%であり、数平均分子量は16,500、重量平均分子量は51,800であった。
<Synthesis Example 8>
C2 (4.32 g, 17.3 mmol), A1 (3.00 g, 19.7 mmol) and A7 (2.43 g, 4.93 mmol) were mixed in NMP (22.2 g) and reacted at 80 ° C. for 5 hours. I let you. Thereafter, C1 (1.37 g, 7.00 mmol) and NMP (11.1 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25 mass%.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.5 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (3.90 g) and pyridine (2.55 g) were added as imidization catalysts, and the mixture was heated at 60 ° C. for 3 hours. Reacted. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (8). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 53%, the number average molecular weight was 16,500, and the weight average molecular weight was 51,800.
<合成例9>
 C3(5.40g,24.1mmol)、A1(2.43g,15.9mmol)、A2(0.50g,2.45mmol)及びA7(3.02g,6.13mmol)をNMP(34.1g)中で混合し、40℃で8時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
 得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)にNMPを加え、6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(4.05g)及びピリジン(2.50g)を加え、60℃で2時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(9)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は55%であり、数平均分子量は16,100、重量平均分子量は48,100であった。
<Synthesis Example 9>
C3 (5.40 g, 24.1 mmol), A1 (2.43 g, 15.9 mmol), A2 (0.50 g, 2.45 mmol) and A7 (3.02 g, 6.13 mmol) were added to NMP (34.1 g). Then, the mixture was reacted at 40 ° C. for 8 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (4.05 g) and pyridine (2.50 g) were added as imidization catalysts, and the mixture was heated at 60 ° C. for 2 hours. Reacted. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (9). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 55%, the number average molecular weight was 16,100, and the weight average molecular weight was 48,100.
<合成例10>
 C3(5.38g,24.0mmol)、A1(2.22g,14.6mmol)及びA5(3.84g,9.72mmol)をNMP(34.3g)中で混合し、40℃で8時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
 得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)にNMPを加え、6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(4.00g)及びピリジン(2.50g)を加え、70℃で2時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(9)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は61%であり、数平均分子量は17,300、重量平均分子量は51,100であった。
<Synthesis Example 10>
C3 (5.38 g, 24.0 mmol), A1 (2.22 g, 14.6 mmol) and A5 (3.84 g, 9.72 mmol) were mixed in NMP (34.3 g) and reacted at 40 ° C. for 8 hours. Thus, a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass was obtained.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (4.00 g) and pyridine (2.50 g) were added as an imidization catalyst, and the mixture was maintained at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. Reacted. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (9). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 61%, the number average molecular weight was 17,300, and the weight average molecular weight was 51,100.
<合成例11>
 C4(3.48g,11.6mmol)、A1(1.06g,6.95mmol)、A2(0.94g,4.63mmol)及びA3(4.36g,11.6mmol)をNEP(24.1g)中で混合し、40℃で6時間反応させた。その後、C1(2.20g,11.2mmol)とNEP(12.0g)を加え、25℃で8時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
 得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)に、NEPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(7.20g)及びピリジン(2.30g)を加え、40℃で1.5時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(11)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は70%であり、数平均分子量は17,500、重量平均分子量は40,100であった。
 ポリイミド系重合体をまとめて表1に示す。
<Synthesis Example 11>
C4 (3.48 g, 11.6 mmol), A1 (1.06 g, 6.95 mmol), A2 (0.94 g, 4.63 mmol) and A3 (4.36 g, 11.6 mmol) NEP (24.1 g) And mixed at 40 ° C. for 6 hours. Thereafter, C1 (2.20 g, 11.2 mmol) and NEP (12.0 g) were added and reacted at 25 ° C. for 8 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25 mass%.
To the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g), NEP was added to dilute to 6% by mass, and then acetic anhydride (7.20 g) and pyridine (2.30 g) were added as an imidization catalyst. The reaction was allowed for 5 hours. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (11). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 70%, the number average molecular weight was 17,500, and the weight average molecular weight was 40,100.
Table 1 summarizes the polyimide polymers.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065

*1:ポリアミド酸。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065

* 1: Polyamic acid.
「液晶配向処理剤のインクジェット塗布性の評価」
 液晶配向処理剤を、細孔径1μmのメンブランフィルタで加圧濾過し、インクジェット塗布性の評価を行った。インクジェット塗布機には、HIS-200(日立プラントテクノロジー社製)を用いた。塗布は、純水及びIPA(イソプロピルアルコール)にて洗浄を行ったITO(酸化インジウムスズ)蒸着基板上に、塗布面積が70×70mm、ノズルピッチが0.423mm、スキャンピッチが0.5mm、塗布速度が40mm/秒、塗布から仮乾燥までの時間が60秒、仮乾燥がホットプレート上にて70℃で5分間の条件で行った。
 得られた液晶配向膜付き基板の塗膜性を確認した。具体的には、塗膜をナトリウムランプの下で目視観察することで行い、ピンホールの有無を確認した。その結果、いずれの実施例で得られた液晶配向膜とも、塗膜上にピンホールは見られず、塗膜性に優れた液晶配向膜が得られた。
"Evaluation of inkjet coating properties of liquid crystal alignment treatment agents"
The liquid crystal aligning agent was filtered under pressure with a membrane filter having a pore diameter of 1 μm, and the inkjet coating property was evaluated. As the ink jet coater, HIS-200 (manufactured by Hitachi Plant Technology) was used. Application is on an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) vapor-deposited substrate cleaned with pure water and IPA (isopropyl alcohol), the application area is 70 × 70 mm, the nozzle pitch is 0.423 mm, and the scan pitch is 0.5 mm. The speed was 40 mm / second, the time from application to temporary drying was 60 seconds, and temporary drying was performed on a hot plate at 70 ° C. for 5 minutes.
The coating properties of the obtained substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film were confirmed. Specifically, the coating film was visually observed under a sodium lamp to confirm the presence or absence of pinholes. As a result, in any of the liquid crystal alignment films obtained in any of the examples, no pinhole was found on the coating film, and a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent coating properties was obtained.
「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」
 晶配向処理剤を、細孔径1μmのメンブランフィルタで加圧濾過し、液晶セルの作製(通常セル)を行った。この溶液を純水及びIPAにて洗浄を行った100×100mmITO電極付き基板(縦100mm×横100mm、厚さ0.7mm)のITO面にスピンコートし、ホットプレート上にて100℃で5分間、熱循環型クリーンオーブンにて230℃で30分間加熱処理をして膜厚が100nmのポリイミド液晶配向膜付きのITO基板を得た。このITO基板の塗膜面をロール径が120mmのラビング装置でレーヨン布を用いて、ロール回転数が1000rpm、ロール進行速度が50mm/sec、押し込み量が0.1mmの条件でラビング処理した。
 得られた液晶配向膜付きのITO基板を2枚用意し、その一方の液晶配向膜付き基板の液晶配向膜面に、6μmのスペーサーを散布した。その後、この基板の周囲に紫外線硬化型のシール剤を描画し、ODF(One Drop Filling)法にて液晶を注入して、液晶セルを得た。その後、紫外線硬化型のシール剤を硬化させるため、この液晶セルに、照度60mWのメタルハライドランプを用いて、310nm以下の波長をカットし、365nm換算で5J/cmの紫外線を照射した。その後、熱循環型クリーンオーブン中にて120℃で60分間加熱処理をして、液晶セル(通常セル)を得た。
“Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (normal cell)”
The crystal alignment treatment agent was pressure filtered through a membrane filter having a pore diameter of 1 μm to prepare a liquid crystal cell (normal cell). This solution was spin-coated on the ITO surface of a substrate with 100 × 100 mm ITO electrodes (length 100 mm × width 100 mm, thickness 0.7 mm) washed with pure water and IPA, and then on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. Then, heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes in a heat circulation clean oven to obtain an ITO substrate with a polyimide liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of 100 nm. The surface of the ITO substrate was rubbed using a rayon cloth with a rubbing apparatus having a roll diameter of 120 mm under the conditions of a roll rotation speed of 1000 rpm, a roll traveling speed of 50 mm / sec, and an indentation amount of 0.1 mm.
Two ITO substrates with the obtained liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, and 6 μm spacers were scattered on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates with the liquid crystal alignment film. Thereafter, an ultraviolet curable sealant was drawn around the substrate, and liquid crystal was injected by an ODF (One Drop Filling) method to obtain a liquid crystal cell. Thereafter, in order to cure the ultraviolet curable sealant, the liquid crystal cell was cut with a wavelength of 310 nm or less using a metal halide lamp with an illuminance of 60 mW, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 5 J / cm 2 in terms of 365 nm. Thereafter, heat treatment was performed at 120 ° C. for 60 minutes in a heat-circulating clean oven to obtain a liquid crystal cell (ordinary cell).
 なお、実施例1~3で得られた液晶配向処理剤(1)~(3)、及び比較例1~2で得られた液晶配向処理剤(21)~(22)を用いた液晶セルには、液晶としてネマティック液晶(MLC-2003)(メルク・ジャパン社製)を用いた。
 また、実施例4~6で得られた液晶配向処理剤(4)~(6)、実施例8で得られた液晶配向処理剤(8)、実施例9で得られた液晶配向処理剤(9)、実施例11~15で得られた液晶配向処理剤(11)~(15)、実施例17~20で得られた液晶配向処理剤(17)~(20)、及び比較例3~4で得られた液晶配向処理剤(23)~(24)を用いたを用いた液晶セルには、液晶としてネマティック液晶(MLC-6608)(メルク・ジャパン社製)を用いた。
A liquid crystal cell using the liquid crystal aligning agents (1) to (3) obtained in Examples 1 to 3 and the liquid crystal aligning agents (21) to (22) obtained in Comparative Examples 1 to 2 was used. Used nematic liquid crystal (MLC-2003) (manufactured by Merck Japan) as the liquid crystal.
Further, the liquid crystal aligning agents (4) to (6) obtained in Examples 4 to 6, the liquid crystal aligning agent (8) obtained in Example 8, and the liquid crystal aligning agent obtained in Example 9 ( 9) Liquid crystal aligning agents (11) to (15) obtained in Examples 11 to 15, Liquid crystal aligning agents (17) to (20) obtained in Examples 17 to 20, and Comparative Examples 3 to In the liquid crystal cell using the liquid crystal alignment agents (23) to (24) obtained in Step 4, nematic liquid crystal (MLC-6608) (manufactured by Merck Japan) was used as the liquid crystal.
 得られた液晶セル(通常セル)を偏光板とバックライトを用いて、目視観察にて、シール剤付近の液晶配向性の評価を行ったところ、実施例及び比較例で得られたいずれの液晶セルとも、均一な液晶配向性を示した。
 その後、液晶セルを温度80℃、湿度90%RHの高温高湿槽内に36時間保管し、上記と同様の条件でシール剤付近の液晶配向性の評価を行った。具体的には、シール剤付近に液晶配向性の乱れが見られていないものほど、本評価に優れるとした。
 表5~表7中、液晶配向性の乱れが見られていないものを「○」とし、液晶配向性の乱れが見られたものを「×」とした。
The obtained liquid crystal cell (ordinary cell) was visually observed using a polarizing plate and a backlight, and the liquid crystal orientation in the vicinity of the sealant was evaluated. As a result, any liquid crystal obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples was obtained. Both cells showed uniform liquid crystal alignment.
Thereafter, the liquid crystal cell was stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank having a temperature of 80 ° C. and a humidity of 90% RH for 36 hours, and the liquid crystal orientation in the vicinity of the sealant was evaluated under the same conditions as described above. Specifically, it was determined that the evaluation in which the disorder of the liquid crystal orientation was not observed in the vicinity of the sealant was excellent in this evaluation.
In Tables 5 to 7, “O” indicates that the liquid crystal orientation is not disturbed, and “X” indicates that the liquid crystal orientation is not disturbed.
「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」
 液晶配向処理剤を、細孔径1μmのメンブランフィルタで加圧濾過し、液晶セルの作製(通常セル)を行った。この溶液を純水及びIPAにて洗浄を行った30×40mmITO電極付き基板(縦40mm×横30mm、厚さ0.7mm)のITO面にスピンコートし、ホットプレート上にて100℃で5分間、熱循環型クリーンオーブンにて230℃で30分間加熱処理をして膜厚が100nmのポリイミド液晶配向膜付きのITO基板を得た。このITO基板の塗膜面をロール径が120mmのラビング装置でレーヨン布を用いて、ロール回転数が1000rpm、ロール進行速度が50mm/sec、押し込み量が0.1mmの条件でラビング処理した。
"Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity (normal cell)"
The liquid crystal aligning agent was pressure filtered through a membrane filter having a pore diameter of 1 μm to prepare a liquid crystal cell (normal cell). This solution was spin-coated on the ITO surface of a 30 × 40 mm ITO electrode substrate (40 mm long × 30 mm wide, 0.7 mm thick) washed with pure water and IPA, and heated at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate. Then, heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes in a heat circulation clean oven to obtain an ITO substrate with a polyimide liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of 100 nm. The surface of the ITO substrate was rubbed using a rayon cloth with a rubbing apparatus having a roll diameter of 120 mm under the conditions of a roll rotation speed of 1000 rpm, a roll traveling speed of 50 mm / sec, and an indentation amount of 0.1 mm.
 得られた液晶配向膜付きのITO基板を2枚用意し、液晶配向膜面を内側にして6μmのスペーサーを挟んで組み合わせ、紫外線硬化型のシール剤を印刷した。次いで、他方の基板と液晶配向膜面が向き合うようにして貼り合わせた後、紫外線硬化型のシール剤を硬化させるための処理を行い、空セルを得た。具体的には、照度60mWのメタルハライドランプを用いて、310nm以下の波長をカットし、365nm換算で5J/cmの紫外線を照射し、その後、熱循環型クリーンオーブン中にて120℃で60分間加熱処理をして空セルを得た。この空セルに、減圧注入法によって、液晶を注入し、注入口を封止して液晶セル(通常セル)を得た。
 なお、各実施例及び比較例の液晶セルの作製に用いた液晶は、前記の「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」と同様とした。
Two obtained ITO substrates with a liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, combined with a 6 μm spacer sandwiched with the liquid crystal alignment film surface inside, and an ultraviolet curable sealant was printed. Subsequently, after bonding together so that the other board | substrate and the liquid crystal aligning film surface might face each other, the process for hardening an ultraviolet curing sealing agent was performed, and the empty cell was obtained. Specifically, using a metal halide lamp with an illuminance of 60 mW, the wavelength of 310 nm or less is cut, irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 5 J / cm 2 in terms of 365 nm, and then in a heat-circulating clean oven at 120 ° C. for 60 minutes. An empty cell was obtained by heat treatment. A liquid crystal cell (normal cell) was obtained by injecting liquid crystal into this empty cell by a reduced pressure injection method and sealing the injection port.
In addition, the liquid crystal used for manufacturing the liquid crystal cell of each Example and Comparative Example was the same as the above-mentioned “Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics in the vicinity of the frame of the liquid crystal cell after high temperature and high humidity storage (normal cell)”.
 得られた液晶セルに、80℃の温度下で1Vの電圧を60μs印加し、50ms後の電圧を測定し、電圧がどのくらい保持できているかを電圧保持率(VHRともいう)として計算した。なお、測定は、電圧保持率測定装置(VHR-1)(東陽テクニカ社製)を使用し、Voltage:±1V、Pulse Width:60μs、Flame Period:50msの設定で行った。
 さらに、電圧保持率の測定が終わった液晶セルを、温度80℃、湿度90%RHの高温高湿槽内に48時間保管し、再度、上記と同様の条件で電圧保持率の測定を行った。
 評価は、液晶セル作製直後の電圧保持率の値に対して、高温高湿槽内保管後の電圧保持率の値の低下が小さいものほど、良好とした(表5~表7)。
A voltage of 1 V was applied to the obtained liquid crystal cell at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 60 μs, the voltage after 50 ms was measured, and how much the voltage was held was calculated as a voltage holding ratio (also referred to as VHR). The measurement was performed using a voltage holding ratio measuring device (VHR-1) (manufactured by Toyo Technica Co., Ltd.) with settings of Voltage: ± 1 V, Pulse Width: 60 μs, and Frame Period: 50 ms.
Further, the liquid crystal cell whose voltage holding ratio was measured was stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank having a temperature of 80 ° C. and a humidity of 90% RH for 48 hours, and the voltage holding ratio was measured again under the same conditions as described above. .
The evaluation was better when the decrease in the voltage holding ratio after storage in the high-temperature and high-humidity tank was smaller than the voltage holding ratio immediately after the production of the liquid crystal cell (Tables 5 to 7).
「液晶セルの作製及び液晶配向性の評価(PSAセル)」
 液晶配向処理剤を、細孔径1μmのメンブランフィルタで加圧濾過し、液晶セルの作製及び液晶配向性の評価(PSAセル)を行った。この溶液を、純水及びIPAにて洗浄した中心に10×10mmのパターン間隔20μmのITO電極付き基板(縦40mm×横30mm、厚さ0.7mm)と中心に10×40mmのITO電極付き基板(縦40mm×横30mm、厚さ0.7mm)のITO面にスピンコートし、ホットプレート上にて100℃で5分間、熱循環型クリーンオーブンにて230℃で30分間加熱処理をして膜厚が100nmのポリイミド塗膜を得た。
 この液晶配向膜付き基板を、液晶配向膜面を内側にして、6μmのスペーサー挟んで組み合わせ、シール剤で周囲を接着して空セルを作製した。この空セルに減圧注入法によって、下記の式で示される重合性化合物(1)を、ネマティック液晶(MLC-6608)(メルク・ジャパン社製)の100質量%に対して0.3質量%混合した液晶混合物を注入し、注入口を封止して、液晶セルを得た。
"Production of liquid crystal cell and evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (PSA cell)"
The liquid crystal aligning agent was pressure filtered through a membrane filter having a pore diameter of 1 μm to prepare a liquid crystal cell and evaluate the liquid crystal alignment (PSA cell). This solution was washed with pure water and IPA at the center with a 10 × 10 mm substrate with an ITO electrode having a pattern spacing of 20 μm (length 40 mm × width 30 mm, thickness 0.7 mm) and a substrate with an ITO electrode 10 × 40 mm at the center. Spin coated on ITO surface (length 40mm x width 30mm, thickness 0.7mm), heat-treated on a hot plate at 100 ° C for 5 minutes, and heat-circulating clean oven at 230 ° C for 30 minutes to form a film A polyimide coating film having a thickness of 100 nm was obtained.
This substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film was combined with a 6 μm spacer sandwiched with the liquid crystal alignment film surface inside, and the periphery was adhered with a sealant to produce an empty cell. A polymerizable compound (1) represented by the following formula was mixed in an amount of 0.3% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of nematic liquid crystal (MLC-6608) (manufactured by Merck Japan) by vacuum injection into this empty cell. The liquid crystal mixture thus prepared was injected, and the injection port was sealed to obtain a liquid crystal cell.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066

 得られた液晶セルに、交流5Vの電圧を印加しながら、照度60mWのメタルハライドランプを用いて、350nm以下の波長をカットし、365nm換算で20J/cmの紫外線照射を行い、液晶の配向方向が制御された液晶セル(PSAセル)を得た。液晶セルに紫外線を照射している際の照射装置内の温度は、50℃であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066

While applying an AC voltage of 5 V to the obtained liquid crystal cell, using a metal halide lamp with an illuminance of 60 mW, the wavelength of 350 nm or less was cut, and ultraviolet irradiation of 20 J / cm 2 in terms of 365 nm was performed, and the alignment direction of the liquid crystal A liquid crystal cell (PSA cell) was controlled. The temperature in the irradiation apparatus when the liquid crystal cell was irradiated with ultraviolet rays was 50 ° C.
 この液晶セルの紫外線照射前と紫外線照射後の液晶の応答速度を測定した。応答速度は、透過率90%から透過率10%までのT90→T10を測定した。
 実施例で得られたPSAセルは、紫外線照射前の液晶セルに比べて、紫外線照射後の液晶セルの応答速度が早くなったことから、液晶の配向方向が制御されたことを確認した。また、いずれの液晶セルとも、偏光顕微鏡(ECLIPSE E600WPOL)(ニコン社製)での観察により、液晶は均一に配向していることを確認した。
The response speed of the liquid crystal before and after the ultraviolet irradiation of the liquid crystal cell was measured. As the response speed, T90 → T10 from 90% transmittance to 10% transmittance was measured.
In the PSA cell obtained in the example, since the response speed of the liquid crystal cell after ultraviolet irradiation was faster than that of the liquid crystal cell before ultraviolet irradiation, it was confirmed that the alignment direction of the liquid crystal was controlled. Further, in any liquid crystal cell, it was confirmed by observation with a polarizing microscope (ECLIPSE E600WPOL) (manufactured by Nikon Corporation) that the liquid crystal was uniformly aligned.
<実施例1>
 合成例1で得られた樹脂固形分濃度25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(1)(10.0g)に、NMP(19.9g)及びBCS(11.8g)を加え、25℃で2時間攪拌した。その後、この溶液に、P2(0.25g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(1)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(1)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 1>
NMP (19.9 g) and BCS (11.8 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (1) (10.0 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. did. Then, P2 (0.25g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (1). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (1), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例2>
 合成例2で得られた樹脂固形分濃度25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(2)(10.5g)に、NEP(18.9g)及びPB(14.4g)を加え、25℃で2時間攪拌した。その後、P2(0.18g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(2)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(2)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 2>
NEP (18.9 g) and PB (14.4 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (2) (10.5 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 2, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. did. Then, P2 (0.18g) was added and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (2). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (2), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例3>
 合成例3で得られたポリイミド粉末(3)(1.55g)に、NEP(17.0g)及びPB(7.30g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P2(0.11g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(3)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(3)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 3>
NEP (17.0 g) and PB (7.30 g) were added to the polyimide powder (3) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Thereafter, P2 (0.11 g) was added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (3). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (3), "Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例4>
 合成例4で得られた樹脂固形分濃度25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(4)(11.0g)に、NEP(19.8g)及びPB(15.1g)を加え、25℃で2時間攪拌した。その後、P2(0.19g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(4)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(4)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 4>
NEP (19.8 g) and PB (15.1 g) are added to the polyamic acid solution (4) (11.0 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 4, and the mixture is stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. did. Then, P2 (0.19g) was added and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (4). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment treatment agent (4), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例5>
 合成例4で得られた樹脂固形分濃度25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(4)(11.0g)に、NEP(17.6g)、EC(4.30g)及びPB(12.9g)を加え、25℃で2時間攪拌した。その後、P1(0.41g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(5)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(5)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 5>
NEP (17.6 g), EC (4.30 g) and PB (12.9 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (4) (11.0 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 4. And stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. Thereafter, P1 (0.41 g) was added and stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (5). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (5), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例6>
 合成例5で得られたポリイミド粉末(5)(1.50g)に、NEP(15.3g)及びPB(8.20g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P2(0.11g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(6)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(6)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」、「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」及び「液晶セルの作製及び液晶配向性の評価(PSAセル)」を行った。
<Example 6>
NEP (15.3 g) and PB (8.20 g) were added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Thereafter, P2 (0.11 g) was added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (6). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (6), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (normal cell)", "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ”and“ Preparation of liquid crystal cell and evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (PSA cell) ”were performed.
<実施例7>
 合成例5で得られたポリイミド粉末(5)(1.10g)に、NEP(23.1g)及びPB(12.4g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P2(0.077g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(7)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(7)を用いて、「液晶配向処理剤のインクジェット塗布性の評価」を行った。
<Example 7>
NEP (23.1 g) and PB (12.4 g) were added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.10 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Thereafter, P2 (0.077 g) was added to this solution and stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (7). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (7), “evaluation of inkjet applicability of liquid crystal aligning agent” was performed.
<実施例8>
 合成例5で得られたポリイミド粉末(5)(1.55g)に、NMP(13.4g)、EC(2.40g)及びBCS(8.50g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P3(0.23g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(8)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(8)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 8>
NMP (13.4 g), EC (2.40 g) and BCS (8.50 g) are added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and the mixture is stirred at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. And dissolved. Then, P3 (0.23g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (8). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (8), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例9>
 合成例6で得られたポリイミド粉末(6)(1.52g)に、NEP(15.5g)及びPB(8.30g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P1(0.26g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(9)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(9)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」、「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」及び「液晶セルの作製及び液晶配向性の評価(PSAセル)」を行った。
<Example 9>
NEP (15.5 g) and PB (8.30 g) were added to the polyimide powder (6) (1.52 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P1 (0.26g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (9). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (9), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)", "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ”and“ Preparation of liquid crystal cell and evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (PSA cell) ”were performed.
<実施例10>
 合成例6で得られたポリイミド粉末(6)(1.05g)に、NEP(22.1g)及びPB(11.9g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P1(0.18g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(10)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(10)を用いて、「液晶配向処理剤のインクジェット塗布性の評価」を行った。
<Example 10>
NEP (22.1 g) and PB (11.9 g) were added to the polyimide powder (6) (1.05 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P1 (0.18g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (10). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (10), “evaluation of inkjet applicability of liquid crystal aligning agent” was performed.
<実施例11>
 合成例7で得られたポリイミド粉末(7)(1.50g)に、NEP(9.40g)、γ-BL(4.70g)及びBCS(9.40g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P2(0.075g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(11)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(11)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 11>
NEP (9.40 g), γ-BL (4.70 g) and BCS (9.40 g) were added to the polyimide powder (7) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 7, and the mixture was added at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Stir to dissolve. Then, P2 (0.075g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (11). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (11), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例12>
 合成例7で得られたポリイミド粉末(7)(1.50g)に、NMP(14.1g)、ECS(2.40g)及びBCS(7.10g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P1(0.075g)及びP2(0.15g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(12)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(12)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 12>
NMP (14.1 g), ECS (2.40 g) and BCS (7.10 g) are added to the polyimide powder (7) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 7, and the mixture is stirred at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. And dissolved. Then, P1 (0.075g) and P2 (0.15g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (12). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (12), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例13>
 合成例8で得られたポリイミド粉末(8)(1.52g)に、NEP(15.5g)及びPB(8.30g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P2(0.15g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(13)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(13)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」、「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」及び「液晶セルの作製及び液晶配向性の評価(PSAセル)」を行った。
<Example 13>
NEP (15.5 g) and PB (8.30 g) were added to the polyimide powder (8) (1.52 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P2 (0.15g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (13). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (13), “Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (normal cell)”, “Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity” (Normal cell) ”and“ Preparation of liquid crystal cell and evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (PSA cell) ”were performed.
<実施例14>
 合成例8で得られたポリイミド粉末(8)(1.50g)に、NEP(15.3g)及びPB(8.20g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P1(0.045g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(14)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(14)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 14>
NEP (15.3 g) and PB (8.20 g) were added to the polyimide powder (8) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P1 (0.045g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (14). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (14), “Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of the liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (normal cell)” and “Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity” (Normal cell) ".
<実施例15>
 合成例9で得られたポリイミド粉末(9)(1.50g)に、NEP(11.8g)、γ-BL(2.40g)及びPB(9.40g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P3(0.15g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(15)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(15)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 15>
NEP (11.8 g), γ-BL (2.40 g) and PB (9.40 g) were added to the polyimide powder (9) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 9, and the mixture was added at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Stir to dissolve. Then, P3 (0.15g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (15). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (15), “Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (normal cell)” and “Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity” (Normal cell) ".
<実施例16>
 合成例9で得られたポリイミド粉末(9)(1.00g)に、NEP(16.2g)、γ-BL(3.20g)及びPB(12.9g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P3(0.10g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(16)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(16)を用いて、「液晶配向処理剤のインクジェット塗布性の評価」を行った。
<Example 16>
NEP (16.2 g), γ-BL (3.20 g) and PB (12.9 g) were added to the polyimide powder (9) (1.00 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 9, and the mixture was added at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Stir to dissolve. Then, P3 (0.10g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (16). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (16), “evaluation of ink jet coatability of liquid crystal aligning agent” was performed.
<実施例17>
 合成例10で得られたポリイミド粉末(10)(1.55g)に、NMP(15.8g)及びPB(8.50g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P1(0.23g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(17)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(17)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 17>
NMP (15.8 g) and PB (8.50 g) were added to the polyimide powder (10) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P1 (0.23g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (17). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (17), "Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例18>
 合成例10で得られたポリイミド粉末(10)(1.55g)に、NEP(15.8g)及びPB(8.50g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P1(0.11g)及びP2(0.11g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(18)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(18)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」、「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」及び「液晶セルの作製及び液晶配向性の評価(PSAセル)」を行った。
<Example 18>
NEP (15.8 g) and PB (8.50 g) were added to the polyimide powder (10) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Then, P1 (0.11g) and P2 (0.11g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (18). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (18), “Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (normal cell)”, “Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity” (Normal cell) ”and“ Preparation of liquid crystal cell and evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (PSA cell) ”were performed.
<実施例19>
 合成例11で得られたポリイミド粉末(11)(1.50g)に、γ-BL(12.9g)、EC(2.40g)及びBCS(8.20g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P3(0.15g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(19)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(19)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 19>
Γ-BL (12.9 g), EC (2.40 g) and BCS (8.20 g) were added to the polyimide powder (11) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 11, and the mixture was added at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Stir to dissolve. Then, P3 (0.15g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (19). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (19), "Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<実施例20>
 合成例11で得られたポリイミド粉末(11)(1.50g)に、NMP(14.1g)、ECS(2.40g)及びBCS(7.10g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。その後、この溶液に、P1(0.075g)及びP2(0.075g)を加え、60℃で6時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(20)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(20)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Example 20>
NMP (14.1 g), ECS (2.40 g) and BCS (7.10 g) are added to the polyimide powder (11) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 11, and the mixture is stirred at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. And dissolved. Then, P1 (0.075g) and P2 (0.075g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (20). Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (20), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<比較例1>
 合成例2で得られた樹脂固形分濃度25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(2)(10.5g)に、NEP(18.9g)及びPB(14.4g)を加え、25℃で2時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(21)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(21)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Comparative Example 1>
NEP (18.9 g) and PB (14.4 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (2) (10.5 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 2, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. And the liquid-crystal aligning agent (21) was obtained. Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (21), "Evaluation of display unevenness characteristics near the frame of a liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<比較例2>
 合成例3で得られたポリイミド粉末(3)(1.55g)に、NEP(17.0g)及びPB(7.30g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向処理剤(22)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(22)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Comparative example 2>
NEP (17.0 g) and PB (7.30 g) are added to the polyimide powder (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 (1.55 g), and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Agent (22) was obtained. Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (22), "Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<比較例3>
 合成例4で得られた樹脂固形分濃度25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(4)(11.0g)に、NEP(19.8g)及びPB(15.1g)を加え、25℃で2時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(23)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(23)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Comparative Example 3>
NEP (19.8 g) and PB (15.1 g) are added to the polyamic acid solution (4) (11.0 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 4, and the mixture is stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours. As a result, a liquid crystal aligning agent (23) was obtained. Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (23), "Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
<比較例4>
 合成例5で得られたポリイミド粉末(5)(1.50g)に、NEP(15.3g)及びPB(8.20g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させ、液晶配向処理剤(24)を得た。液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
 得られた液晶配向処理剤(24)を用いて、「高温高湿保管後の液晶セルの額縁付近の表示ムラ特性の評価(通常セル)」及び「高温高湿保管後の電圧保持率の評価(通常セル)」を行った。
<Comparative example 4>
NEP (15.3 g) and PB (8.20 g) are added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. Agent (24) was obtained. Abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation were not observed in the liquid crystal aligning agent, and it was confirmed that the liquid crystal aligning agent was a uniform solution.
Using the obtained liquid crystal aligning agent (24), "Evaluation of display unevenness around the frame of liquid crystal cell after storage at high temperature and high humidity (ordinary cell)" and "Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after storage at high temperature and high humidity" (Normal cell) ".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
 上記の結果からわかるように、実施例の液晶配向処理剤は、比較例の液晶配向処理剤に比べて、液晶セルを高温高湿槽内で長期間保管しても、液晶セルのシール剤付近の液晶配向性が乱れない液晶配向膜が得られた。さらには、液晶セルを高温高湿槽内で長期間保管しても、電圧保持率の低下を抑制することができる液晶配向膜が得られた。すなわち、本発明の液晶配向処理剤は、高温高湿条件下において、液晶表示素子の額縁付近の表示ムラの発生と電圧保持率の低下を抑制することができる液晶配向膜となる。
 具体的には、実施例2と比較例1、実施例3と比較例2、実施例4と比較例3、及び実施例6と比較例4との比較であり、実施例と、同一の(B)成分である特定重合体を用い、(A)成分である特定化合物を含有していない比較例との比較である。比較例の液晶配向処理剤を用いた場合は、液晶セルを高温高湿槽内で長期間保管すると、液晶セルのシール剤付近に液晶配向性の乱れが発生し、さらに、電圧保持率が大きく低下した。
As can be seen from the above results, the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the example is close to the liquid crystal cell sealant even when the liquid crystal cell is stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank for a long time compared to the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the comparative example A liquid crystal alignment film was obtained in which the liquid crystal alignment properties were not disturbed. Furthermore, even when the liquid crystal cell was stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank for a long period of time, a liquid crystal alignment film capable of suppressing a decrease in voltage holding ratio was obtained. That is, the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention becomes a liquid crystal alignment film that can suppress the occurrence of display unevenness near the frame of the liquid crystal display element and the decrease in voltage holding ratio under high temperature and high humidity conditions.
Specifically, it is a comparison between Example 2 and Comparative Example 1, Example 3 and Comparative Example 2, Example 4 and Comparative Example 3, and Example 6 and Comparative Example 4, and is the same as the Example ( It is a comparison with the comparative example which does not contain the specific compound which is (A) component using the specific polymer which is B) component. When the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the comparative example is used, if the liquid crystal cell is stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank for a long time, disorder of the liquid crystal alignment occurs near the sealant of the liquid crystal cell, and the voltage holding ratio is large. Declined.
 本発明の液晶配向処理剤を用いて形成される液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子は、信頼性に優れ、大画面で高精細の液晶テレビなどに好適に利用でき、TN素子、STN素子、TFT液晶素子、特に垂直配向型の液晶表示素子として有用である。
 なお、2013年5月1日に出願された日本特許出願2013-96470号の明細書、特許請求の範囲、及び要約書の全内容をここに引用し、本発明の明細書の開示として、取り入れるものである。
A liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is excellent in reliability and can be suitably used for a large-screen, high-definition liquid crystal television, and the like. TN element, STN element, TFT It is useful as a liquid crystal element, particularly a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element.
The entire contents of the specification, claims, and abstract of Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-96470 filed on May 1, 2013 are incorporated herein as the disclosure of the specification of the present invention. Is.

Claims (14)

  1.  下記の(A)成分及び(B)成分を含有することを特徴とする液晶配向処理剤。
    (A)成分:下記の式[1]で示される化合物。
    (B)成分:ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを反応させて得られるポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (Xは、炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基を有する2価の有機基、又はベンゼン環若しくはシクロヘキサン環を有する炭素数6~24の2価の有機基を示し、Xは、下記の式[1-1]~式[1-5]から選ばれる構造を示す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (Wは、水素原子又はベンゼン環を示す。)
    The liquid crystal aligning agent characterized by containing the following (A) component and (B) component.
    (A) Component: A compound represented by the following formula [1].
    (B) component: At least 1 type of polymer chosen from the group which consists of a polyimide precursor obtained by making a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic-acid component react, and a polyimide.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (X 1 represents a divalent organic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a divalent organic group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring, and X 2 represents A structure selected from the following formulas [1-1] to [1-5] is shown.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (W 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring.)
  2.  前記式[1]のXが、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基である請求項1に記載の液晶配向処理剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1, wherein X 1 in the formula [1] is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  3.  前記式[1]のXが、式[1-1]、式[1-2]及び式[1-4]から選ばれる構造である請求項1又は2に記載の液晶配向処理剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein X 2 in the formula [1] has a structure selected from the formula [1-1], the formula [1-2], and the formula [1-4].
  4.  前記(B)成分の重合体におけるジアミン成分が、下記の式[2]で示される構造のジアミン化合物を少なくとも1種以上含む、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向処理剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    (Yは下記の式[2-1]~式[2-6]から選ばれる構造の置換基を示し、mは1~4の整数を示す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    (aは0~4の整数を示し、bは0~4の整数を示す。
    は単結合、-(CH-(aは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-、-COO-又はOCO-を示し、Yは単結合又は-(CH-(bは1~15の整数である)を示し、Yは単結合、-(CH-(cは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CHO-、-COO-又は-OCO-を示し、Yはベンゼン環、シクロヘキサン環及び複素環から選ばれる2価の環状基、又はステロイド骨格を有する炭素数12~25の2価の有機基を示し、前記環状基上の任意の水素原子は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルコキシル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、Yはベンゼン環、シクロヘキサン環及び複素環から選ばれる2価の環状基を示し、これらの環状基上の任意の水素原子は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルコキシル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、nは0~4の整数を示し、Yは炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシル基又は炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルコキシル基を示し、
    は-O-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-又は-NHCO-を示し、Yは炭素数8~22のアルキル基を示す。
    及びY10はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を示し、Y11は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を示す。)
    The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the diamine component in the polymer of the component (B) contains at least one diamine compound having a structure represented by the following formula [2]. .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    (Y represents a substituent having a structure selected from the following formulas [2-1] to [2-6], and m represents an integer of 1 to 4.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    (A represents an integer of 0 to 4, and b represents an integer of 0 to 4.
    Y 1 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or OCO—, and Y 2 represents a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 15), Y 3 is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—, wherein Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, or a divalent divalent group having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton. An organic group, and an arbitrary hydrogen atom on the cyclic group includes an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and 1 to 3 carbon atoms may be substituted with a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group or a fluorine atom, Y 5 is a benzene ring, a cycloalkyl A divalent cyclic group selected from a xanth ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or 1 to 3 carbon atoms; 3 is a fluorine-containing alkyl group, may be substituted with a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom, n is an integer of 0 to 4, Y 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, A fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms;
    Y 7 represents —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH— or —NHCO—, and Y 8 represents an alkyl group having 8 to 22 carbon atoms.
    Y 9 and Y 10 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and Y 11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. )
  5.  前記(B)成分の重合体におけるテトラカルボン酸成分に、下記の式[3]で示される化合物を含む、請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向処理剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    (Zは下記の式[3a]~式[3j]から選ばれる構造の基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    (Z~Zは水素原子、メチル基、塩素原子又はベンゼン環を示し、それぞれ同じであっても異なってもよく、Z及びZは水素原子又はメチル基を示し、それぞれ同じであっても異なってもよい。)
    The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the tetracarboxylic acid component in the polymer of the component (B) contains a compound represented by the following formula [3].
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    (Z 1 is a group having a structure selected from the following formulas [3a] to [3j].)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    (Z 2 to Z 5 represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom or a benzene ring, and may be the same or different, and Z 6 and Z 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and each represents the same. Or different.)
  6.  前記(B)成分の重合体が、ポリアミド酸を脱水閉環させて得られるポリイミドである請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向処理剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the polymer of the component (B) is a polyimide obtained by dehydrating and cyclizing polyamic acid.
  7.  前記(B)成分の100質量部に対して、前記(A)成分が0.1~30質量部である請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向処理剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the component (A) is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the component (B).
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向処理剤から得られる液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向処理剤を用いてインクジェット法にて得られる液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by an ink jet method using the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  10.  請求項8又は9に記載の液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 8.
  11.  電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有し、前記一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性化合物を含む液晶組成物を配置し、前記電極間に電圧を印加しつつ前記重合性化合物を重合させて製造される液晶表示素子に用いられる、請求項8又は9に記載の液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal composition having a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes and including a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat is disposed between the pair of substrates, and between the electrodes The liquid crystal aligning film of Claim 8 or 9 used for the liquid crystal display element manufactured by polymerizing the said polymeric compound, applying a voltage.
  12.  請求項11に記載の液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 11.
  13.  電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有し、前記一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性基を含む液晶配向膜を配置し、前記電極間に電圧を印加しつつ前記重合性基を重合させて製造される液晶表示素子に用いられる請求項8又は9に記載の液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment layer including a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes and including a polymerizable group that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat is disposed between the pair of substrates. The liquid crystal alignment film of Claim 8 or 9 used for the liquid crystal display element manufactured by polymerizing the said polymeric group, applying a voltage.
  14.  請求項13に記載の液晶配向膜を有する液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 13.
PCT/JP2014/062010 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element WO2014178407A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015514869A JP6281568B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN201480037934.0A CN105359033B (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal represent element
KR1020157033665A KR102135493B1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013096470 2013-05-01
JP2013-096470 2013-05-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014178407A1 true WO2014178407A1 (en) 2014-11-06

Family

ID=51843531

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/062010 WO2014178407A1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6281568B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102135493B1 (en)
CN (1) CN105359033B (en)
TW (1) TWI623518B (en)
WO (1) WO2014178407A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016080307A1 (en) * 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device
CN107250902A (en) * 2015-02-06 2017-10-13 日产化学工业株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal represent element

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109564369B (en) * 2016-06-14 2022-08-26 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR102604339B1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2023-11-20 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
CN110520789A (en) * 2017-03-31 2019-11-29 夏普株式会社 Liquid crystal display device, the manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device, electronic equipment
CN110945418B (en) * 2017-07-28 2022-04-26 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1192660A (en) * 1997-09-24 1999-04-06 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition
CN101807001A (en) * 2010-03-17 2010-08-18 长兴化学工业股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition and application thereof

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS61171762A (en) 1985-01-28 1986-08-02 Japan Synthetic Rubber Co Ltd Soluble polyimide resin composition
JP2980080B2 (en) 1997-10-09 1999-11-22 ジェイエスアール株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
KR101450923B1 (en) * 2007-03-19 2014-10-14 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display
JP5293943B2 (en) * 2007-08-16 2013-09-18 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI444407B (en) * 2008-01-25 2014-07-11 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal display element
JP5077583B2 (en) * 2008-03-26 2012-11-21 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP5482109B2 (en) * 2008-11-25 2014-04-23 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR101759753B1 (en) * 2009-12-25 2017-07-19 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid crystal-aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1192660A (en) * 1997-09-24 1999-04-06 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition
CN101807001A (en) * 2010-03-17 2010-08-18 长兴化学工业股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition and application thereof

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016080307A1 (en) * 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device
JPWO2016080307A1 (en) * 2014-11-18 2017-08-31 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display
CN107250902A (en) * 2015-02-06 2017-10-13 日产化学工业株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal represent element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201512158A (en) 2015-04-01
CN105359033A (en) 2016-02-24
JP6281568B2 (en) 2018-02-21
CN105359033B (en) 2018-03-27
KR20160003120A (en) 2016-01-08
JPWO2014178407A1 (en) 2017-02-23
TWI623518B (en) 2018-05-11
KR102135493B1 (en) 2020-08-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2020056034A (en) Composition, liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
JP6497520B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6281567B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6299977B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5930239B2 (en) Composition, liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6281568B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6331028B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2015033922A1 (en) Liquid-crystal orientation treatment agent, liquid-crystal orientation film, and liquid-crystal display element
WO2014061778A1 (en) Composition, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6079627B2 (en) Composition, liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2015053394A1 (en) Composition, treatment agent for liquid crystal alignment, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6052171B2 (en) Composition, liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR102170065B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5930238B2 (en) Composition, liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2014126102A1 (en) Production method for liquid-crystal alignment film, liquid-crystal alignment film, liquid-crystal display element, and liquid-crystal alignment agent
WO2012121257A1 (en) Composition, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480037934.0

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14792197

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015514869

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157033665

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14792197

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1